blob: aa9d42fb066ae5ec4bb85f1cfd9c3123967bed85 [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencercb84e432004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
8 <meta name="description"
9 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a></li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000024 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000025 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +000026 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000027 <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +000028 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +000029 <li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li>
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +000030 <li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +000031 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +000032 <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000033 </ol>
34 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000035 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
36 <ol>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +000037 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Robert Bocchino820bc75b2006-02-17 21:18:08 +000038 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000039 <ol>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +000040 <li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li>
41 <li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li>
42 <li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000043 </ol>
44 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000045 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
46 <ol>
Chris Lattner9a2e3cb2007-12-18 06:18:21 +000047 <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000048 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000049 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
50 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000051 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +000052 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +000053 <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +000054 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000055 </ol>
56 </li>
57 </ol>
58 </li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000059 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +000060 <ol>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000061 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></li>
62 <li><a href="#aggregateconstants">Aggregate Constants</a></li>
63 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li>
64 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li>
65 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +000066 </ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000067 </li>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +000068 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
69 <ol>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000070 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +000071 </ol>
72 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000073 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
74 <ol>
75 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
76 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000077 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
78 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000079 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
80 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000081 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +000082 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000083 </ol>
84 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000085 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
86 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000087 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
88 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
89 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +000090 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
91 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
92 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +000093 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
94 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
95 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000096 </ol>
97 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000098 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
99 <ol>
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +0000100 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
101 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
102 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000103 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000104 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000105 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000106 </ol>
107 </li>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000108 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
109 <ol>
110 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
111 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
112 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000113 </ol>
114 </li>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +0000115 <li><a href="#aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
116 <ol>
117 <li><a href="#i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
118 <li><a href="#i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
119 </ol>
120 </li>
Chris Lattner6ab66722006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000121 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000122 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000123 <li><a href="#i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
124 <li><a href="#i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
125 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino820bc75b2006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000126 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
127 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
128 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000129 </ol>
130 </li>
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000131 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000132 <ol>
133 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
134 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
135 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
136 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
137 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000138 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
139 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
140 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
141 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000142 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
143 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000144 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000145 </ol>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000146 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000147 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
148 <ol>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000149 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
150 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +0000151 <li><a href="#i_vicmp">'<tt>vicmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
152 <li><a href="#i_vfcmp">'<tt>vfcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000153 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000154 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000155 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner33337472006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000156 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000157 </ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000158 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000159 </ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000160 </li>
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000161 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000162 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000163 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
164 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000165 <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
166 <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
167 <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000168 </ol>
169 </li>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000170 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
171 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000172 <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
173 <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
174 <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000175 </ol>
176 </li>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000177 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
178 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000179 <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
180 <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
181 <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
182 <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
183 <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
184 <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
185 <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswellaa1c3c12004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000186 </ol>
187 </li>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000188 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
189 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000190 <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
191 <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
192 <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
193 <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
194 <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +0000195 <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
196 <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
197 <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000198 </ol>
199 </li>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000200 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000201 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000202 <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattnerb748c672006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000203 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
204 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
205 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Reid Spencer5bf54c82007-04-11 23:23:49 +0000206 <li><a href="#int_part_select">'<tt>llvm.part.select.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
207 <li><a href="#int_part_set">'<tt>llvm.part.set.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000208 </ol>
209 </li>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000210 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Jim Laskey2211f492007-03-14 19:31:19 +0000211 <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +0000212 <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000213 <ol>
214 <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000215 </ol>
216 </li>
Bill Wendlingf85850f2008-11-18 22:10:53 +0000217 <li><a href="#int_atomics">Atomic intrinsics</a>
218 <ol>
219 <li><a href="#int_memory_barrier"><tt>llvm.memory_barrier</tt></a></li>
220 <li><a href="#int_atomic_cmp_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt></a></li>
221 <li><a href="#int_atomic_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt></a></li>
222 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_add"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt></a></li>
223 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_sub"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt></a></li>
224 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_and"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.and</tt></a></li>
225 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_nand"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand</tt></a></li>
226 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_or"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.or</tt></a></li>
227 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_xor"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor</tt></a></li>
228 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_max"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.max</tt></a></li>
229 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_min"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.min</tt></a></li>
230 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umax"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax</tt></a></li>
231 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li>
232 </ol>
233 </li>
Reid Spencer5b2cb0f2007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000234 <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000235 <ol>
Reid Spencer5b2cb0f2007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000236 <li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000237 '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000238 <li><a href="#int_annotation">
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000239 '<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +0000240 <li><a href="#int_trap">
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000241 '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
242 <li><a href="#int_stackprotector">
243 '<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000244 </ol>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000245 </li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000246 </ol>
247 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000248</ol>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000249
250<div class="doc_author">
251 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
252 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000253</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000254
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000255<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000256<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
257<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000258
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000259<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000260<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language.
Bill Wendling6e03f9a2008-08-05 22:29:16 +0000261LLVM is a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000262type safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of
263representing 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000264representation used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation
265strategy.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000266</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000267
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000268<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000269<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
270<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000271
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000272<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000273
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000274<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three
Gabor Greifa54634a2007-07-06 22:07:22 +0000275different forms: as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000276representation (suitable for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler),
277and as a human readable assembly language representation. This allows
278LLVM to provide a powerful intermediate representation for efficient
279compiler transformations and analysis, while providing a natural means
280to debug and visualize the transformations. The three different forms
281of LLVM are all equivalent. This document describes the human readable
282representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000283
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000284<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000285while being expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It
286aims to be a "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level
287that high-level ideas may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how
288microprocessors are "universal IR's", allowing many source languages to
289be mapped to them). By providing type information, LLVM can be used as
290the target of optimizations: for example, through pointer analysis, it
291can be proven that a C automatic variable is never accessed outside of
292the current function... allowing it to be promoted to a simple SSA
293value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000294
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000295</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000296
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000297<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000298<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000299
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000300<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000301
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000302<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed'
303LLVM assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser
304accepts and what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the
305following instruction is syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000306
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000307<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000308<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000309%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000310</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000311</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000312
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000313<p>...because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of
314its uses. The LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may
315be used to verify that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000316automatically run by the parser after parsing input assembly and by
Gabor Greifa54634a2007-07-06 22:07:22 +0000317the optimizer before it outputs bitcode. The violations pointed out
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000318by the verifier pass indicate bugs in transformation passes or input to
319the parser.</p>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000320</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000321
Chris Lattner87a3dbe2007-10-03 17:34:29 +0000322<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000323
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000324<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000325<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000326<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000327
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000328<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000329
Reid Spencerb23b65f2007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000330 <p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
331 identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the @ character. Local
332 identifiers (register names, types) begin with the % character. Additionally,
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000333 there are three different formats for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000334
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000335<ol>
Reid Spencerb23b65f2007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000336 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
337 For example, %foo, @DivisionByZero, %a.really.long.identifier. The actual
338 regular expression used is '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'.
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000339 Identifiers which require other characters in their names can be surrounded
Daniel Dunbar0f8155a2008-10-14 23:51:43 +0000340 with quotes. Special characters may be escaped using "\xx" where xx is the
341 ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character can
342 be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000343
Reid Spencerb23b65f2007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000344 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
345 prefix. For example, %12, @2, %44.</li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000346
Reid Spencer8f08d802004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000347 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
348 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000349</ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000350
Reid Spencerb23b65f2007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000351<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000352don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
353reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
354unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
355variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
356
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000357<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000358languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
359('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
360 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
361 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names ('<tt><a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000362href="#t_void">void</a></tt>', '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...),
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000363and others. These reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because
Reid Spencerb23b65f2007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000364none of them start with a prefix character ('%' or '@').</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000365
366<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
367'<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
368
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000369<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000370
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000371<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000372<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000373%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000374</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000375</div>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000376
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000377<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000378
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000379<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000380<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000381%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000382</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000383</div>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000384
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000385<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000386
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000387<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000388<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000389<a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
390<a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
391%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000392</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000393</div>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000394
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000395<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several
396important lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000397
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000398<ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000399
400 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
401 line.</li>
402
403 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
404 assigned to a named value.</li>
405
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000406 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000407
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000408</ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000409
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000410<p>...and it also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000411demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
412defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
413text.</p>
414
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000415</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000416
417<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
418<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
419<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
420
421<!-- ======================================================================= -->
422<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
423</div>
424
425<div class="doc_text">
426
427<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a
428translation unit of the input programs. Each module consists of
429functions, global variables, and symbol table entries. Modules may be
430combined together with the LLVM linker, which merges function (and
431global variable) definitions, resolves forward declarations, and merges
432symbol table entries. Here is an example of the "hello world" module:</p>
433
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000434<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000435<pre><i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant...</i>
Chris Lattner2b0bf4f2007-06-12 17:00:26 +0000436<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a
437 href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000438
439<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
Chris Lattner2b0bf4f2007-06-12 17:00:26 +0000440<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8 *) <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000441
442<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Chris Lattner2b0bf4f2007-06-12 17:00:26 +0000443define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000444 <i>; Convert [13x i8 ]* to i8 *...</i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000445 %cast210 = <a
Chris Lattner2150cde2007-06-12 17:01:15 +0000446 href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8 ]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000447
448 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout...</i>
449 <a
Chris Lattner2b0bf4f2007-06-12 17:00:26 +0000450 href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8 * %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000451 <a
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000452 href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}<br>
453</pre>
454</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000455
456<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a>
457named "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>"
458function, and a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a>
459for "<tt>main</tt>".</p>
460
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000461<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values,
462where both functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
463represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
464array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the following <a
465href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000466
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000467</div>
468
469<!-- ======================================================================= -->
470<div class="doc_subsection">
471 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
472</div>
473
474<div class="doc_text">
475
476<p>
477All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of linkage:
478</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000479
480<dl>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000481
Dale Johannesen4188aad2008-05-23 23:13:41 +0000482 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000483
484 <dd>Global values with internal linkage are only directly accessible by
485 objects in the current module. In particular, linking code into a module with
486 an internal global value may cause the internal to be renamed as necessary to
487 avoid collisions. Because the symbol is internal to the module, all
488 references can be updated. This corresponds to the notion of the
Chris Lattnere20b4702007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000489 '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000490 </dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000491
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000492 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000493
Chris Lattnere20b4702007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000494 <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
495 the same name when linkage occurs. This is typically used to implement
496 inline functions, templates, or other code which must be generated in each
497 translation unit that uses it. Unreferenced <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are
498 allowed to be discarded.
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000499 </dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000500
Dale Johannesen4188aad2008-05-23 23:13:41 +0000501 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt>: </dt>
502
503 <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is exactly the same as <tt>linkonce</tt>
504 linkage, except that unreferenced <tt>common</tt> globals may not be
505 discarded. This is used for globals that may be emitted in multiple
506 translation units, but that are not guaranteed to be emitted into every
507 translation unit that uses them. One example of this is tentative
508 definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at global scope.
509 </dd>
510
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000511 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000512
Dale Johannesen4188aad2008-05-23 23:13:41 +0000513 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage is the same as <tt>common</tt> linkage, except
514 that some targets may choose to emit different assembly sequences for them
515 for target-dependent reasons. This is used for globals that are declared
516 "weak" in C source code.
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000517 </dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000518
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000519 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000520
521 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
522 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage are
523 linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is the
524 LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
525 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000526 </dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000527
Anton Korobeynikova0554d92007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000528 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000529 <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the
530 symbol is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead
531 of being an undefined reference.
Anton Korobeynikova0554d92007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000532 </dd>
Anton Korobeynikova0554d92007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000533
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000534 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000535
536 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
537 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to resolve
538 external symbol references.
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000539 </dd>
Reid Spencer7972c472007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000540</dl>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000541
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000542 <p>
543 The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
544 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000545 DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000546 </p>
547
Anton Korobeynikova0554d92007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000548 <dl>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000549 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
550
551 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
552 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
553 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
554 formed by combining <code>_imp__</code> and the function or variable name.
555 </dd>
556
557 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
558
559 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
560 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
561 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
562 name is formed by combining <code>_imp__</code> and the function or variable
563 name.
564 </dd>
565
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000566</dl>
567
Dan Gohman8ef44982008-11-24 17:18:39 +0000568<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>"
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000569variable is defined to be internal, if another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>"
570variable and was linked with this one, one of the two would be renamed,
571preventing a collision. Since "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are
572external (i.e., lacking any linkage declarations), they are accessible
Reid Spencer92c671e2007-01-05 00:59:10 +0000573outside of the current module.</p>
574<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i>
575to have any linkage type other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>,
Anton Korobeynikova0554d92007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000576or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000577<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt> and <tt>weak</tt>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000578linkages.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000579</div>
580
581<!-- ======================================================================= -->
582<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000583 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
584</div>
585
586<div class="doc_text">
587
588<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
589and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling convention
590specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of dynamic
591caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is undefined. The
592following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more may be added in
593the future:</p>
594
595<dl>
596 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
597
598 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
599 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling convention
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000600 supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in the declared
Reid Spencer72ba4992006-12-31 21:30:18 +0000601 prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as does normal C).
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000602 </dd>
603
604 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
605
606 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
607 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
608 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the target,
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000609 without having to conform to an externally specified ABI (Application Binary
610 Interface). Implementations of this convention should allow arbitrary
Arnold Schwaighofer2c6b8882008-05-14 09:17:12 +0000611 <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call optimization</a> to be
612 supported. This calling convention does not support varargs and requires the
613 prototype of all callees to exactly match the prototype of the function
614 definition.
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000615 </dd>
616
617 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
618
619 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
620 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed. As
621 such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does not break
622 any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention does not support
623 varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match the
624 prototype of the function definition.
625 </dd>
626
Chris Lattner573f64e2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000627 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000628
629 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
630 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
631 conventions start at 64.
632 </dd>
Chris Lattner573f64e2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000633</dl>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000634
635<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
636support pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
637convention.</p>
638
639</div>
640
641<!-- ======================================================================= -->
642<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000643 <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a>
644</div>
645
646<div class="doc_text">
647
648<p>
649All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility styles:
650</p>
651
652<dl>
653 <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
654
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000655 <dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means
656 that the declaration is visible to other
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000657 modules and, in shared libraries, means that the declared entity may be
658 overridden. On Darwin, default visibility means that the declaration is
659 visible to other modules. Default visibility corresponds to "external
660 linkage" in the language.
661 </dd>
662
663 <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
664
665 <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
666 object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
667 indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol table,
668 so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
669 directly.
670 </dd>
671
Anton Korobeynikov39f3cff2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000672 <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
673
674 <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
675 the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module will
676 bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by another
677 module.
678 </dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000679</dl>
680
681</div>
682
683<!-- ======================================================================= -->
684<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000685 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
686</div>
687
688<div class="doc_text">
689
Chris Lattner5d5aede2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000690<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000691instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may have
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000692an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit alignment
693specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which means that it
694will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a separated copy of the
695variable). A variable may be defined as a global "constant," which indicates
696that the contents of the variable will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better
Chris Lattner5d5aede2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000697optimization, allowing the global data to be placed in the read-only section of
698an executable, etc). Note that variables that need runtime initialization
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000699cannot be marked "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner5d5aede2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000700
701<p>
702LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
703constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
704can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but requires
705the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
706'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
707definition.
708</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000709
710<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in
711scope (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global
712variables always define a pointer to their "content" type because they
713describe a region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are
714accessed through pointers.</p>
715
Christopher Lamb308121c2007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000716<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specifc numbered
717address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
718optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to access
Christopher Lamb25f50762007-12-12 08:44:39 +0000719the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space qualifier
720must precede any other attributes.</p>
Christopher Lamb308121c2007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000721
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000722<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
723supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
724
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000725<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global. If not present, or if
726the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the target
727to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is specified, the
728global is forced to have at least that much alignment. All alignments must be
729a power of 2.</p>
730
Christopher Lamb308121c2007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000731<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
732an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
Chris Lattner5760c502007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000733
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000734<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner5760c502007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000735<pre>
Christopher Lamb308121c2007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000736@G = constant float 1.0 addrspace(5), section "foo", align 4
Chris Lattner5760c502007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000737</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000738</div>
Chris Lattner5760c502007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000739
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000740</div>
741
742
743<!-- ======================================================================= -->
744<div class="doc_subsection">
745 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
746</div>
747
748<div class="doc_text">
749
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000750<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyord,
751an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000752<a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000753<a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
754<a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
755name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +0000756<a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
757<a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section,
758an optional alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>,
Chris Lattnercbc4d2a2008-10-04 18:10:21 +0000759an opening curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000760
761LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
762optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
763<a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
764<a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000765<a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +0000766name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an optional
Gordon Henriksendc5cafb2007-12-10 03:30:21 +0000767<a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000768
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000769<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
770(Control Flow Graph) for
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000771the function. Each basic block may optionally start with a label (giving the
772basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list of instructions, and ends
773with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a> instruction (such as a branch or
774function return).</p>
775
Chris Lattnera59fb102007-06-08 16:52:14 +0000776<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000777executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have predecessor
778basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry block of a
779function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also cannot have any
780<a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
781
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000782<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
783supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
784
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000785<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
786the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the target
787to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is specified, the
788function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All alignments must be
789a power of 2.</p>
790
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000791 <h5>Syntax:</h5>
792
793<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner0ae02092008-10-13 16:55:18 +0000794<tt>
795define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>]
796 [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
797 &lt;ResultType&gt; @&lt;FunctionName&gt; ([argument list])
798 [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
799 [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
800</tt>
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000801</div>
802
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000803</div>
804
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000805
806<!-- ======================================================================= -->
807<div class="doc_subsection">
808 <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
809</div>
810<div class="doc_text">
811 <p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
Anton Korobeynikov25b2e822008-03-22 08:36:14 +0000812 function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
813 may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000814 optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
815
816 <h5>Syntax:</h5>
817
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000818<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2d8b9a82007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000819<pre>
Duncan Sands7e99a942008-09-12 20:48:21 +0000820@&lt;Name&gt; = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] &lt;AliaseeTy&gt; @&lt;Aliasee&gt;
Bill Wendling2d8b9a82007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000821</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000822</div>
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000823
824</div>
825
826
827
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000828<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000829<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
830<div class="doc_text">
831 <p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
832 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
833 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
Duncan Sandsad0ea2d2007-11-27 13:23:08 +0000834 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
835 not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
836 can have the same function type.</p>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000837
Reid Spencercf7ebf52007-01-15 18:27:39 +0000838 <p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
839 multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000840 example:</p>
841
842<div class="doc_code">
843<pre>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +0000844declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias , ...)
Chris Lattnerd2597d72008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000845declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
846declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000847</pre>
848</div>
849
Duncan Sandsad0ea2d2007-11-27 13:23:08 +0000850 <p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
851 <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000852
Anton Korobeynikova0554d92007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000853 <p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000854 <dl>
Reid Spencer314e1cb2007-07-19 23:13:04 +0000855 <dt><tt>zeroext</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd2597d72008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000856 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
857 should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
858 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000859
Reid Spencer314e1cb2007-07-19 23:13:04 +0000860 <dt><tt>signext</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd2597d72008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000861 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
862 should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
863 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000864
Anton Korobeynikove8166852007-01-28 14:30:45 +0000865 <dt><tt>inreg</tt></dt>
Dale Johannesenc50ada22008-09-25 20:47:45 +0000866 <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated
867 in a special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a
868 function call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed
Chris Lattnerd2597d72008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000869 to memory, though some targets use it to distinguish between two different
870 kinds of registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000871
Duncan Sands2a1d8ba2008-10-06 08:14:18 +0000872 <dt><tt><a name="byval">byval</a></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner352ab9b2008-01-15 04:34:22 +0000873 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by
874 value to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the
875 pointee is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable
Chris Lattner1ca5c642008-08-05 18:21:08 +0000876 to modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
Chris Lattner352ab9b2008-01-15 04:34:22 +0000877 pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
Duncan Sands2a1d8ba2008-10-06 08:14:18 +0000878 value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered to
879 belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
880 <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +0000881 <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
882 values. </dd>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000883
Anton Korobeynikove8166852007-01-28 14:30:45 +0000884 <dt><tt>sret</tt></dt>
Duncan Sandsfa4b6732008-02-18 04:19:38 +0000885 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
886 structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
Chris Lattnerd2597d72008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000887 This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and stores
888 to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This may only
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +0000889 be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute for
890 return values. </dd>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000891
Zhou Sheng2444a9a2007-06-05 05:28:26 +0000892 <dt><tt>noalias</tt></dt>
Nick Lewyckyf5ffcbc2008-11-24 03:41:24 +0000893 <dd>This indicates that the pointer does not alias any global or any other
894 parameter. The caller is responsible for ensuring that this is the
Nick Lewyckyd59572c2008-11-24 05:00:44 +0000895 case. On a function return value, <tt>noalias</tt> additionally indicates
896 that the pointer does not alias any other pointers visible to the
Torok Edwin9bc1a652008-11-24 08:02:24 +0000897 caller. Note that this applies only to pointers that can be used to actually
898 load/store a value: NULL, unique pointers from malloc(0), and freed pointers
899 are considered to not alias anything.</dd>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000900
Duncan Sands27e91592007-07-27 19:57:41 +0000901 <dt><tt>nest</tt></dt>
Duncan Sands825bde42008-07-08 09:27:25 +0000902 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +0000903 <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
904 attribute for return values.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikova0554d92007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000905 </dl>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000906
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000907</div>
908
909<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000910<div class="doc_subsection">
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +0000911 <a name="gc">Garbage Collector Names</a>
912</div>
913
914<div class="doc_text">
915<p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
916string.</p>
917
918<div class="doc_code"><pre
919>define void @f() gc "name" { ...</pre></div>
920
921<p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a
922collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to support
923the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
924</div>
925
926<!-- ======================================================================= -->
927<div class="doc_subsection">
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +0000928 <a name="fnattrs">Function Attributes</a>
Devang Patelcaacdba2008-09-04 23:05:13 +0000929</div>
930
931<div class="doc_text">
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +0000932
933<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about
934 a function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function,
935 not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
936 can have the same function type.</p>
937
938 <p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
939 multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
940 example:</p>
Devang Patelcaacdba2008-09-04 23:05:13 +0000941
942<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +0000943<pre>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +0000944define void @f() noinline { ... }
945define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
946define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
947define void @f() optsize
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +0000948</pre>
Devang Patelcaacdba2008-09-04 23:05:13 +0000949</div>
950
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +0000951<dl>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +0000952<dt><tt>alwaysinline</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerfbf60a42008-10-04 18:23:17 +0000953<dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
954function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
955threshold for this caller.</dd>
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +0000956
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +0000957<dt><tt>noinline</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerfbf60a42008-10-04 18:23:17 +0000958<dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this function
Chris Lattner0625c282008-10-05 17:14:59 +0000959in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with the
Chris Lattnerfbf60a42008-10-04 18:23:17 +0000960<tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +0000961
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +0000962<dt><tt>optsize</tt></dt>
Devang Patele9743902008-09-29 18:34:44 +0000963<dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
Chris Lattnerfbf60a42008-10-04 18:23:17 +0000964make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise do
965optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +0000966
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +0000967<dt><tt>noreturn</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerfbf60a42008-10-04 18:23:17 +0000968<dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns normally.
969This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function ever does
970dynamically return.</dd>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +0000971
972<dt><tt>nounwind</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerfbf60a42008-10-04 18:23:17 +0000973<dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
974unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its runtime
975behavior is undefined.</dd>
976
977<dt><tt>readnone</tt></dt>
Duncan Sands2a1d8ba2008-10-06 08:14:18 +0000978<dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or the
979exception it throws) based strictly on its arguments, without dereferencing any
980pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable state (e.g. memory, control
981registers, etc) visible to caller functions. It does not write through any
982pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and
983never changes any state visible to callers.</dd>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +0000984
Duncan Sands2a1d8ba2008-10-06 08:14:18 +0000985<dt><tt><a name="readonly">readonly</a></tt></dt>
986<dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
987pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments)
988or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to
989caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments and read state that may
990be set in the caller. A readonly function always returns the same value (or
991throws the same exception) when called with the same set of arguments and global
992state.</dd>
Bill Wendlinga8130172008-11-13 01:02:51 +0000993
994<dt><tt><a name="ssp">ssp</a></tt></dt>
995<dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
996protector. It is in the form of a "canary"&mdash;a random value placed on the
997stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the function to
998see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to determine if a function
999needs stack protectors or not.</dd>
1000
1001<dt><tt>ssp-req</tt></dt>
1002<dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
1003stack smashing protector. This overrides the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt>
1004function attribute.</dd>
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001005</dl>
1006
Devang Patelcaacdba2008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001007</div>
1008
1009<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1010<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner93564892006-04-08 04:40:53 +00001011 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001012</div>
1013
1014<div class="doc_text">
1015<p>
1016Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to the
1017GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally concatenated by
1018LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in the .ll file if
1019desired. The syntax is very simple:
1020</p>
1021
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001022<div class="doc_code">
1023<pre>
1024module asm "inline asm code goes here"
1025module asm "more can go here"
1026</pre>
1027</div>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001028
1029<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
1030 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
1031 for the number.
1032</p>
1033
1034<p>
1035 The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
1036 assembly code is generated.
1037</p>
1038</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001039
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001040<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1041<div class="doc_subsection">
1042 <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a>
1043</div>
1044
1045<div class="doc_text">
1046<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
Reid Spencer7972c472007-04-11 23:49:50 +00001047data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is simply:</p>
1048<pre> target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"</pre>
1049<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
1050separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with a
1051letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
1052aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows: </p>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001053<dl>
1054 <dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
1055 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
1056 bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
1057 <dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001058 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001059 the bits with the least significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
1060 <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1061 <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
1062 <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying the <i>pref</i>
1063 alignment is optional. If omitted, the preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted
1064 too.</dd>
1065 <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1066 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
1067 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
1068 <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1069 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
1070 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1071 <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1072 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
1073 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be either 32 (float) or 64
1074 (double).</dd>
1075 <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1076 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
1077 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1078</dl>
1079<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
1080default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overriden by the
1081specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
1082are given in this list:</p>
1083<ul>
1084 <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
1085 <li><tt>p:32:64:64</tt> - 32-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
1086 <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1087 <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1088 <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
1089 <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li>
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001090 <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001091 alignment of 64-bits</li>
1092 <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li>
1093 <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li>
1094 <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li>
1095 <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li>
1096 <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
1097</ul>
Chris Lattner1ca5c642008-08-05 18:21:08 +00001098<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00001099following rules:</p>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001100<ol>
1101 <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
1102 specification is used.</li>
1103 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
1104 smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type is
1105 used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then the the
1106 largest integer type is used. For example, given the default specifications
1107 above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next largest) while both
1108 i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest specified).</li>
1109 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
1110 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be used
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00001111 as a fall back. This happens because &lt;128 x double&gt; can be implemented
1112 in terms of 64 &lt;2 x double&gt;, for example.</li>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001113</ol>
1114</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001115
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001116<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001117<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
1118<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001119
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001120<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001121
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001122<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001123intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001124optimizations to be performed on the intermediate representation directly,
1125without having to do
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001126extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
1127system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel
1128analyses and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal
1129three address code representations.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001130
1131</div>
1132
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001133<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001134<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001135Classifications</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001136<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001137<p>The types fall into a few useful
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001138classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001139
1140<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001141 <tbody>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001142 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001143 <tr>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001144 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencer138249b2007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001145 <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001146 </tr>
1147 <tr>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001148 <td><a href="#t_floating">floating point</a></td>
1149 <td><tt>float, double, x86_fp80, fp128, ppc_fp128</tt></td>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001150 </tr>
1151 <tr>
1152 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001153 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1154 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1155 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
Dan Gohman08783a882008-06-18 18:42:13 +00001156 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001157 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1158 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Dan Gohmanda52d212008-05-23 22:50:26 +00001159 <a href="#t_label">label</a>.
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001160 </td>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001161 </tr>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001162 <tr>
1163 <td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td>
1164 <td><a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1165 <a href="#t_void">void</a>,
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001166 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>.</td>
1167 </tr>
1168 <tr>
1169 <td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td>
1170 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1171 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
1172 <a href="#t_function">function</a>,
1173 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
1174 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1175 <a href="#t_pstruct">packed structure</a>,
1176 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
1177 <a href="#t_opaque">opaque</a>.
Dan Gohman93bf60d2008-10-14 16:32:04 +00001178 </td>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001179 </tr>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001180 </tbody>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001181</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001182
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001183<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the
1184most important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be
1185produced by instructions, passed as arguments, or used as operands to
Dan Gohman34d1c0d2008-05-23 21:53:15 +00001186instructions.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001187</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001188
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001189<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001190<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner43542b32008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001191
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001192<div class="doc_text">
1193<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
1194system.</p>
1195
Chris Lattner43542b32008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001196</div>
1197
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001198<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1199<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div>
1200
1201<div class="doc_text">
1202 <table>
1203 <tbody>
1204 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
1205 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1206 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1207 <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
1208 <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
1209 <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
1210 </tbody>
1211 </table>
1212</div>
1213
1214<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1215<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div>
1216
1217<div class="doc_text">
1218<h5>Overview:</h5>
1219<p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p>
1220
1221<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1222
1223<pre>
1224 void
1225</pre>
1226</div>
1227
1228<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1229<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div>
1230
1231<div class="doc_text">
1232<h5>Overview:</h5>
1233<p>The label type represents code labels.</p>
1234
1235<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1236
1237<pre>
1238 label
1239</pre>
1240</div>
1241
1242
1243<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001244<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001245
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001246<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001247
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001248<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system.
1249This is what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions,
1250pointers, and other useful types. Note that these derived types may be
1251recursive: For example, it is possible to have a two dimensional array.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001252
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001253</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001254
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001255<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer138249b2007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001256<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
1257
1258<div class="doc_text">
1259
1260<h5>Overview:</h5>
1261<p>The integer type is a very simple derived type that simply specifies an
1262arbitrary bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
12632^23-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
1264
1265<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1266
1267<pre>
1268 iN
1269</pre>
1270
1271<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
1272value.</p>
1273
1274<h5>Examples:</h5>
1275<table class="layout">
Chris Lattner9a2e3cb2007-12-18 06:18:21 +00001276 <tbody>
1277 <tr>
1278 <td><tt>i1</tt></td>
1279 <td>a single-bit integer.</td>
1280 </tr><tr>
1281 <td><tt>i32</tt></td>
1282 <td>a 32-bit integer.</td>
1283 </tr><tr>
1284 <td><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
1285 <td>a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
Reid Spencer138249b2007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001286 </tr>
Chris Lattner9a2e3cb2007-12-18 06:18:21 +00001287 </tbody>
Reid Spencer138249b2007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001288</table>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001289</div>
Reid Spencer138249b2007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001290
1291<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001292<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001293
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001294<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001295
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001296<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001297
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001298<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001299sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of
1300elements) and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001301
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001302<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001303
1304<pre>
1305 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
1306</pre>
1307
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00001308<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001309be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001310
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001311<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001312<table class="layout">
1313 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001314 <td class="left"><tt>[40 x i32]</tt></td>
1315 <td class="left">Array of 40 32-bit integer values.</td>
1316 </tr>
1317 <tr class="layout">
1318 <td class="left"><tt>[41 x i32]</tt></td>
1319 <td class="left">Array of 41 32-bit integer values.</td>
1320 </tr>
1321 <tr class="layout">
1322 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i8]</tt></td>
1323 <td class="left">Array of 4 8-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001324 </tr>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001325</table>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001326<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
1327<table class="layout">
1328 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001329 <td class="left"><tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt></td>
1330 <td class="left">3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.</td>
1331 </tr>
1332 <tr class="layout">
1333 <td class="left"><tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt></td>
1334 <td class="left">12x10 array of single precision floating point values.</td>
1335 </tr>
1336 <tr class="layout">
1337 <td class="left"><tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt></td>
1338 <td class="left">2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001339 </tr>
1340</table>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001341
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001342<p>Note that 'variable sized arrays' can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
1343length array. Normally, accesses past the end of an array are undefined in
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001344LLVM (e.g. it is illegal to access the 5th element of a 3 element array).
1345As a special case, however, zero length arrays are recognized to be variable
1346length. This allows implementation of 'pascal style arrays' with the LLVM
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001347type "{ i32, [0 x float]}", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001348
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001349</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001350
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001351<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001352<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001353<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001354
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001355<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001356
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001357<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It
Devang Patele3dfc1c2008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001358consists of a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001359return type of a function type is a scalar type, a void type, or a struct type.
Devang Patel9c1f8b12008-03-24 20:52:42 +00001360If the return type is a struct type then all struct elements must be of first
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001361class types, and the struct must have at least one element.</p>
Devang Pateld6cff512008-03-10 20:49:15 +00001362
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001363<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001364
1365<pre>
1366 &lt;returntype list&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)
1367</pre>
1368
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001369<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Misha Brukman20f9a622004-08-12 20:16:08 +00001370specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00001371which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1372Variable argument functions can access their arguments with the <a
Devang Pateld6cff512008-03-10 20:49:15 +00001373 href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a> functions.
1374'<tt>&lt;returntype list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of
1375<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type specifiers.</p>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001376
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001377<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001378<table class="layout">
1379 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001380 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
1381 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001382 </td>
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001383 </tr><tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer314e1cb2007-07-19 23:13:04 +00001384 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16&nbsp;signext,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
Reid Spencer655dcc62006-12-31 07:20:23 +00001385 </tt></td>
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001386 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
1387 an <tt>i16</tt> that should be sign extended and a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001388 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>, returning
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001389 <tt>float</tt>.
1390 </td>
1391 </tr><tr class="layout">
1392 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
1393 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001394 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001395 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
1396 LLVM.
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001397 </td>
Devang Patele3dfc1c2008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001398 </tr><tr class="layout">
1399 <td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td>
Devang Patel8dec6c22008-03-24 18:10:52 +00001400 <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32></tt>, returning two
1401 <tt> i32 </tt> values as an aggregate of type <tt>{ i32, i32 }</tt>
Devang Patele3dfc1c2008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001402 </td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001403 </tr>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001404</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001405
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001406</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001407<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001408<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001409<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001410<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001411<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
1412together in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match
1413the ABI of the underlying processor. The elements of a structure may
1414be any type that has a size.</p>
1415<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>
1416and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a
1417field with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>'
1418instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001419<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001420<pre> { &lt;type list&gt; }<br></pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001421<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001422<table class="layout">
1423 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001424 <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td>
1425 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1426 </tr><tr class="layout">
1427 <td class="left"><tt>{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1428 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1429 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1430 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1431 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001432 </tr>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001433</table>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001434</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001435
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001436<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001437<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
1438</div>
1439<div class="doc_text">
1440<h5>Overview:</h5>
1441<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
1442together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the alignment
1443of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed structure may
1444be any type that has a size.</p>
1445<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>
1446and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a
1447field with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>'
1448instruction.</p>
1449<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1450<pre> &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt; <br></pre>
1451<h5>Examples:</h5>
1452<table class="layout">
1453 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001454 <td class="left"><tt>&lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt;</tt></td>
1455 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1456 </tr><tr class="layout">
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001457 <td class="left">
1458<tt>&lt;&nbsp;{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)*&nbsp;}&nbsp;&gt;</tt></td>
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001459 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1460 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1461 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1462 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001463 </tr>
1464</table>
1465</div>
1466
1467<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001468<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001469<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001470<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001471<p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or
Christopher Lamb308121c2007-12-11 09:31:00 +00001472reference to another object, which must live in memory. Pointer types may have
1473an optional address space attribute defining the target-specific numbered
1474address space where the pointed-to object resides. The default address space is
1475zero.</p>
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001476<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001477<pre> &lt;type&gt; *<br></pre>
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001478<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001479<table class="layout">
1480 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001481 <td class="left"><tt>[4x i32]*</tt></td>
1482 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a
1483 href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td>
1484 </tr>
1485 <tr class="layout">
1486 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt></td>
1487 <td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001488 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001489 <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1490 </tr>
1491 <tr class="layout">
1492 <td class="left"><tt>i32 addrspace(5)*</tt></td>
1493 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to an <tt>i32</tt> value
1494 that resides in address space #5.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001495 </tr>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001496</table>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001497</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001498
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001499<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001500<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001501<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001502
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001503<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001504
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001505<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector
1506of elements. Vector types are used when multiple primitive data
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001507are operated in parallel using a single instruction (SIMD).
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001508A vector type requires a size (number of
Chris Lattner330ce692005-11-10 01:44:22 +00001509elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vectors must have a power
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001510of two length (1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ...). Vector types are
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001511considered <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001512
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001513<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001514
1515<pre>
1516 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1517</pre>
1518
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001519<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may
Chris Lattnerc0f423a2007-01-15 01:54:13 +00001520be any integer or floating point type.</p>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001521
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001522<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001523
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001524<table class="layout">
1525 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001526 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt></td>
1527 <td class="left">Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.</td>
1528 </tr>
1529 <tr class="layout">
1530 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt></td>
1531 <td class="left">Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values.</td>
1532 </tr>
1533 <tr class="layout">
1534 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt></td>
1535 <td class="left">Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001536 </tr>
1537</table>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001538</div>
1539
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001540<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1541<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1542<div class="doc_text">
1543
1544<h5>Overview:</h5>
1545
1546<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
Gordon Henriksena699c4d2007-10-14 00:34:53 +00001547corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure type.
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001548In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just a
1549structure type).</p>
1550
1551<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1552
1553<pre>
1554 opaque
1555</pre>
1556
1557<h5>Examples:</h5>
1558
1559<table class="layout">
1560 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001561 <td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td>
1562 <td class="left">An opaque type.</td>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001563 </tr>
1564</table>
1565</div>
1566
1567
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001568<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1569<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
1570<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1571
1572<div class="doc_text">
1573
1574<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
1575them all and their syntax.</p>
1576
1577</div>
1578
1579<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer8f08d802004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001580<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001581
1582<div class="doc_text">
1583
1584<dl>
1585 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
1586
1587 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00001588 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_primitive">i1</a></tt> type.
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001589 </dd>
1590
1591 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
1592
Reid Spencer8f08d802004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001593 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of the <a
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001594 href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used with
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001595 integer types.
1596 </dd>
1597
1598 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
1599
1600 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
1601 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
Chris Lattner1429e6f2008-04-01 18:45:27 +00001602 notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of
1603 a floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
1604 rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
1605 constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001606
1607 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
1608
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001609 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001610 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
1611
1612</dl>
1613
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001614<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the optional hexadecimal form
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001615of floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
16160x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than) '<tt>double
16174.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point constants are required
Reid Spencer8f08d802004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001618(and the only time that they are generated by the disassembler) is when a
1619floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot be represented as a
1620decimal floating point number. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other
1621special values are represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that
1622assembly and disassembly do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001623
1624</div>
1625
1626<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1627<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="aggregateconstants">Aggregate Constants</a>
1628</div>
1629
1630<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner455fc8c2005-03-07 22:13:59 +00001631<p>Aggregate constants arise from aggregation of simple constants
1632and smaller aggregate constants.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001633
1634<dl>
1635 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
1636
1637 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
1638 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
Chris Lattnerbea11172007-12-25 20:34:52 +00001639 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
1640 where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>". Structure constants
Chris Lattner455fc8c2005-03-07 22:13:59 +00001641 must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and the number and
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001642 types of elements must match those specified by the type.
1643 </dd>
1644
1645 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
1646
1647 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
1648 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square brackets
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001649 (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74 ]</tt>". Array
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001650 constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and the number and
1651 types of elements must match those specified by the type.
1652 </dd>
1653
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001654 <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001655
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001656 <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001657 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001658 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32 42,
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001659 i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Vector constants must have <a
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001660 href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of elements must
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001661 match those specified by the type.
1662 </dd>
1663
1664 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
1665
1666 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
1667 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types.
1668 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers (e.g. for
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001669 large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit zero
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001670 initializers.
1671 </dd>
1672</dl>
1673
1674</div>
1675
1676<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1677<div class="doc_subsection">
1678 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
1679</div>
1680
1681<div class="doc_text">
1682
1683<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a> and <a
1684href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid (link-time)
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001685constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when the <a
1686href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always have <a
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001687href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a legal LLVM
1688file:</p>
1689
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001690<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001691<pre>
Chris Lattner00538a12007-06-06 18:28:13 +00001692@X = global i32 17
1693@Y = global i32 42
1694@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001695</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001696</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001697
1698</div>
1699
1700<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer641f5c92004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001701<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001702<div class="doc_text">
Reid Spencer641f5c92004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001703 <p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' is recognized as a type-less constant that has
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001704 no specific value. Undefined values may be of any type and be used anywhere
Reid Spencer641f5c92004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001705 a constant is permitted.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001706
Reid Spencer641f5c92004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001707 <p>Undefined values indicate to the compiler that the program is well defined
1708 no matter what value is used, giving the compiler more freedom to optimize.
1709 </p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001710</div>
1711
1712<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1713<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
1714</div>
1715
1716<div class="doc_text">
1717
1718<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
1719to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of any <a
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001720href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM operation
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001721that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not supported). The
1722following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
1723
1724<dl>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001725 <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1726 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
Chris Lattnerc0f423a2007-01-15 01:54:13 +00001727 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001728
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001729 <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1730 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
Chris Lattnerc0f423a2007-01-15 01:54:13 +00001731 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001732
1733 <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1734 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
Chris Lattnerc0f423a2007-01-15 01:54:13 +00001735 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001736
1737 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1738 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
1739 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
1740 floating point.</dd>
1741
1742 <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1743 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
1744 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating point.</dd>
1745
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00001746 <dt><b><tt>fptoui ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001747 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
Nate Begemand4d45c22007-11-17 03:58:34 +00001748 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of scalar
1749 or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or vectors
1750 of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the integer type,
1751 the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001752
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00001753 <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001754 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
Nate Begemand4d45c22007-11-17 03:58:34 +00001755 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of scalar
1756 or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or vectors
1757 of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the integer type,
1758 the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001759
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00001760 <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001761 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Nate Begemand4d45c22007-11-17 03:58:34 +00001762 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be of
1763 scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or vectors
1764 of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the floating point
1765 type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001766
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00001767 <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001768 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Nate Begemand4d45c22007-11-17 03:58:34 +00001769 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be of
1770 scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or vectors
1771 of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the floating point
1772 type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001773
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00001774 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1775 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
1776 TYPE must be an integer type. CST must be of pointer type. The CST value is
1777 zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in TYPE.</dd>
1778
1779 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1780 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a
1781 pointer type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
1782 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
1783 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
1784
1785 <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001786 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The size of CST and TYPE must be
1787 identical (same number of bits). The conversion is done as if the CST value
1788 was stored to memory and read back as TYPE. In other words, no bits change
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00001789 with this operator, just the type. This can be used for conversion of
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001790 vector types to any other type, as long as they have the same bit width. For
Dan Gohmanc05dca92008-09-08 16:45:59 +00001791 pointers it is only valid to cast to another pointer type. It is not valid
1792 to bitcast to or from an aggregate type.
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001793 </dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001794
1795 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
1796
1797 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
1798 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
1799 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are required
1800 to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
1801
Robert Bocchino7e97a6d2006-01-10 19:31:34 +00001802 <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
1803
1804 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on
Reid Spencer9965ee72006-12-04 19:23:19 +00001805 constants.</dd>
1806
1807 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
1808 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
1809
1810 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
1811 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino7e97a6d2006-01-10 19:31:34 +00001812
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00001813 <dt><b><tt>vicmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
1814 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_vicmp">vicmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
1815
1816 <dt><b><tt>vfcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
1817 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_vfcmp">vfcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
1818
Robert Bocchino7e97a6d2006-01-10 19:31:34 +00001819 <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
1820
1821 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00001822 operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino7e97a6d2006-01-10 19:31:34 +00001823
Robert Bocchinof72fdfe2006-01-15 20:48:27 +00001824 <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
1825
1826 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement
Reid Spencer9965ee72006-12-04 19:23:19 +00001827 operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchinof72fdfe2006-01-15 20:48:27 +00001828
Chris Lattner016a0e52006-04-08 00:13:41 +00001829
1830 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt>
1831
1832 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector
Reid Spencer9965ee72006-12-04 19:23:19 +00001833 operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Chris Lattner016a0e52006-04-08 00:13:41 +00001834
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001835 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt>
1836
Reid Spencer641f5c92004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001837 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
1838 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a> or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001839 binary</a> operations. The constraints on operands are the same as those for
1840 the corresponding instruction (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00001841 values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001842</dl>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001843</div>
Chris Lattnerb1652612004-03-08 16:49:10 +00001844
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001845<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001846<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
1847<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1848
1849<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1850<div class="doc_subsection">
1851<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
1852</div>
1853
1854<div class="doc_text">
1855
1856<p>
1857LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed to <a href="#moduleasm">
1858Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of a special value. This
1859value represents the inline assembler as a string (containing the instructions
1860to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored as a string), and a flag that
1861indicates whether or not the inline asm expression has side effects. An example
1862inline assembler expression is:
1863</p>
1864
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001865<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001866<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001867i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001868</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001869</div>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001870
1871<p>
1872Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
1873a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we have:
1874</p>
1875
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001876<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001877<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001878%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001879</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001880</div>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001881
1882<p>
1883Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be marked
1884as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
1885'<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:
1886</p>
1887
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001888<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001889<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001890call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001891</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001892</div>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001893
1894<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
1895documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving, etc
Chris Lattnerd5528262008-10-04 18:36:02 +00001896need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to another
1897document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001898</p>
1899
1900</div>
1901
1902<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001903<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
1904<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001905
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001906<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001907
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001908<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different
1909classifications of instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001910instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
1911<a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>, <a
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001912 href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and <a href="#otherops">other
1913instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001914
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001915</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001916
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001917<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001918<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
1919Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001920
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001921<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001922
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001923<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every
1924basic block in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which
1925indicates which block should be executed after the current block is
1926finished. These terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>'
1927value: they produce control flow, not values (the one exception being
1928the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001929<p>There are six different terminator instructions: the '<a
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001930 href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>'
1931instruction, the '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction,
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001932the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a
1933 href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the '<a
1934 href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001935
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001936</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001937
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001938<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001939<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
1940Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001941<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001942<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmancc3132e2008-10-04 19:00:07 +00001943<pre>
1944 ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001945 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001946</pre>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001947
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001948<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001949
Dan Gohmancc3132e2008-10-04 19:00:07 +00001950<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and
1951optionally a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
John Criswell417228d2004-04-09 16:48:45 +00001952<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that
Dan Gohmancc3132e2008-10-04 19:00:07 +00001953returns a value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001954control flow to occur.</p>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001955
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001956<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001957
Dan Gohmancc3132e2008-10-04 19:00:07 +00001958<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument,
1959the return value. The type of the return value must be a
1960'<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
1961
1962<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if
1963it it has a non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>'
1964instruction with no return value or a return value with a type that
1965does not match its type, or if it has a void return type and contains
1966a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a return value.</p>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001967
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001968<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001969
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001970<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow
1971returns back to the calling function's context. If the caller is a "<a
John Criswell40db33f2004-06-25 15:16:57 +00001972 href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001973the instruction after the call. If the caller was an "<a
1974 href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00001975at the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001976returns a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00001977return value.</p>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001978
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001979<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001980
1981<pre>
1982 ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001983 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Dan Gohmancc3132e2008-10-04 19:00:07 +00001984 ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return an aggregate of values 4 and 2</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001985</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001986</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001987<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001988<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001989<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001990<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00001991<pre> br i1 &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001992</pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001993<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001994<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to
1995transfer to a different basic block in the current function. There are
1996two forms of this instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch
1997and an unconditional branch.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001998<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001999<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002000single '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00002001unconditional form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
2002'<tt>label</tt>' value as a target.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002003<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002004<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002005argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows
2006to the '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
2007control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002008<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002009<pre>Test:<br> %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq, i32 %a, %b<br> br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal<br>IfEqual:<br> <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002010 href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1<br>IfUnequal:<br> <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br></pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002011</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002012<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002013<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2014 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
2015</div>
2016
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002017<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002018<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002019
2020<pre>
2021 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
2022</pre>
2023
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002024<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002025
2026<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
2027several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002028instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
2029destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002030
2031
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002032<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002033
2034<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
2035comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination, and
2036an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s. The
2037table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
2038
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002039<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002040
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002041<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
2042destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this
John Criswellbcbb18c2004-06-25 16:05:06 +00002043table is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
2044transfered to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
2045transfered to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002046
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002047<h5>Implementation:</h5>
2048
2049<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
2050<tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in different
John Criswellbcbb18c2004-06-25 16:05:06 +00002051ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained conditional
2052branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002053
2054<h5>Example:</h5>
2055
2056<pre>
2057 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002058 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002059 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002060
2061 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002062 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002063
2064 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002065 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
2066 i32 1, label %onone
2067 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002068</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002069</div>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002070
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002071<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002072<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2073 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
2074</div>
2075
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002076<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002077
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002078<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002079
2080<pre>
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002081 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; &lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner6b7a0082006-05-14 18:23:06 +00002082 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002083</pre>
2084
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002085<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002086
2087<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
2088function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00002089'<tt>normal</tt>' label or the
2090'<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee function returns with the
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002091"<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction, control flow will return to the
2092"normal" label. If the callee (or any indirect callees) returns with the "<a
John Criswell02fdc6f2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00002093href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>" instruction, control is interrupted and
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00002094continued at the dynamically nearest "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002095
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002096<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002097
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002098<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002099
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002100<ol>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002101 <li>
Duncan Sands16f122e2007-03-30 12:22:09 +00002102 The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002103 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call defaults
2104 to using C calling conventions.
2105 </li>
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002106
2107 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
2108 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>',
2109 and '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
2110
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002111 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
2112 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
2113 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching off
2114 an arbitrary pointer to function value.
2115 </li>
2116
2117 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
2118 function to be invoked. </li>
2119
2120 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
2121 signature argument types. If the function signature indicates the function
2122 accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can be
2123 specified. </li>
2124
2125 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
2126 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
2127
2128 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
2129 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
2130
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002131 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002132 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
2133 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002134</ol>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002135
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002136<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002137
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002138<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard '<tt><a
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002139href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The primary
2140difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which is used by
2141the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
2142
2143<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
2144cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
2145exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
2146'<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
2147
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002148<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002149<pre>
Nick Lewycky084ab472008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002150 %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002151 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Nick Lewycky084ab472008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002152 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002153 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002154</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002155</div>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002156
2157
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002158<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002159
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002160<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
2161Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002162
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002163<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002164
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002165<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002166<pre>
2167 unwind
2168</pre>
2169
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002170<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002171
2172<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
2173at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used an <a
2174href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call. This is
2175primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
2176
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002177<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002178
Chris Lattnerfe8519c2008-04-19 21:01:16 +00002179<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002180immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the first <a
2181href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack. Once found,
2182execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block specified by the
2183<tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt> instruction in the
2184dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002185</div>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002186
2187<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2188
2189<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
2190Instruction</a> </div>
2191
2192<div class="doc_text">
2193
2194<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2195<pre>
2196 unreachable
2197</pre>
2198
2199<h5>Overview:</h5>
2200
2201<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
2202instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
2203code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
2204no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
2205
2206<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2207
2208<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
2209</div>
2210
2211
2212
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002213<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002214<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002215<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002216<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a
Chris Lattner81f92972008-04-01 18:47:32 +00002217program. They require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00002218produce a single value. The operands might represent
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002219multiple data, as is the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type.
Chris Lattner81f92972008-04-01 18:47:32 +00002220The result value has the same type as its operands.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002221<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002222</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002223<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002224<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2225 <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a>
2226</div>
2227
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002228<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002229
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002230<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002231
2232<pre>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002233 &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002234</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002235
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002236<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002237
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002238<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002239
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002240<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002241
2242<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must be <a
2243 href="#t_integer">integer</a>, <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>, or
2244 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> values. Both arguments must have identical
2245 types.</p>
2246
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002247<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002248
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002249<p>The value produced is the integer or floating point sum of the two
2250operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002251
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002252<p>If an integer sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
2253mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of
2254the result.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002255
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002256<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this
2257instruction is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002258
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002259<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002260
2261<pre>
2262 &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002263</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002264</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002265<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002266<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2267 <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a>
2268</div>
2269
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002270<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002271
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002272<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002273
2274<pre>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002275 &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002276</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002277
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002278<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002279
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002280<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
2281operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002282
2283<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
2284'<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
2285representations.</p>
2286
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002287<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002288
2289<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must be <a
2290 href="#t_integer">integer</a>, <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
2291 or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> values. Both arguments must have identical
2292 types.</p>
2293
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002294<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002295
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002296<p>The value produced is the integer or floating point difference of
2297the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002298
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002299<p>If an integer difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
2300mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of
2301the result.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002302
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002303<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this
2304instruction is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002305
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002306<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendling2d8b9a82007-05-29 09:42:13 +00002307<pre>
2308 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002309 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002310</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002311</div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002312
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002313<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002314<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2315 <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a>
2316</div>
2317
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002318<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002319
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002320<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002321<pre> &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002322</pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002323<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002324<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two
2325operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002326
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002327<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002328
2329<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must be <a
2330href="#t_integer">integer</a>, <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
2331or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> values. Both arguments must have identical
2332types.</p>
2333
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002334<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002335
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002336<p>The value produced is the integer or floating point product of the
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002337two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002338
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002339<p>If the result of an integer multiplication has unsigned overflow,
2340the result returned is the mathematical result modulo
23412<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
2342<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the
2343result is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the
2344correct result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
2345(e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands
2346should be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the
2347width of the full product.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002348<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002349<pre> &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002350</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002351</div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002352
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002353<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002354<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
2355</a></div>
2356<div class="doc_text">
2357<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002358<pre> &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002359</pre>
2360<h5>Overview:</h5>
2361<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two
2362operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002363
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002364<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002365
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002366<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002367<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
2368values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
2369
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002370<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002371
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002372<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p>
2373<p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct
2374operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
2375<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002376<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002377<pre> &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002378</pre>
2379</div>
2380<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2381<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
2382</a> </div>
2383<div class="doc_text">
2384<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002385<pre>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002386 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002387</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002388
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002389<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002390
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002391<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two
2392operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002393
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002394<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002395
2396<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
2397<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
2398values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
2399
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002400<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner1429e6f2008-04-01 18:45:27 +00002401<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded towards zero.</p>
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002402<p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct
2403operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
2404<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
2405undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example,
2406by doing a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002407<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002408<pre> &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002409</pre>
2410</div>
2411<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2412<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002413Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002414<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002415<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002416<pre>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002417 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002418</pre>
2419<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002420
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002421<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002422operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002423
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002424<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002425
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002426<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002427<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
2428of floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
2429
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002430<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002431
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002432<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002433
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002434<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002435
2436<pre>
2437 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002438</pre>
2439</div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002440
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002441<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002442<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
2443</div>
2444<div class="doc_text">
2445<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002446<pre> &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002447</pre>
2448<h5>Overview:</h5>
2449<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the
2450unsigned division of its two arguments.</p>
2451<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002452<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
2453<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
2454values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002455<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2456<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
Chris Lattner1429e6f2008-04-01 18:45:27 +00002457This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the remainder.</p>
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002458<p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
2459distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
2460<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002461<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002462<pre> &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002463</pre>
2464
2465</div>
2466<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002467<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2468 <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a>
2469</div>
2470
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002471<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002472
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002473<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002474
2475<pre>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002476 &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002477</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002478
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002479<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002480
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002481<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the
Dan Gohman08143e32007-11-05 23:35:22 +00002482signed division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
2483<a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case
2484the elements must be integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerb8f816e2008-01-04 04:33:49 +00002485
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002486<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002487
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002488<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002489<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
2490values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
2491
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002492<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002493
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002494<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002495has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
2496operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of
Reid Spencer806ad6a2007-03-24 22:23:39 +00002497a value. For more information about the difference, see <a
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002498 href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
Reid Spencer806ad6a2007-03-24 22:23:39 +00002499Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
Reid Spencerdb3b93b2007-03-24 22:40:44 +00002500please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
Reid Spencer806ad6a2007-03-24 22:23:39 +00002501Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00002502<p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
2503distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
2504<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
2505Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur,
2506for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.
2507(The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule lets srem be
2508implemented using instructions that return both the result of the division
2509and the remainder.)</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002510<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002511<pre> &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002512</pre>
2513
2514</div>
2515<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002516<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2517 <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
2518
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002519<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002520
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002521<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002522<pre> &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002523</pre>
2524<h5>Overview:</h5>
2525<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the
2526division of its two operands.</p>
2527<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2528<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002529<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
2530of floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
2531
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002532<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002533
Chris Lattner1429e6f2008-04-01 18:45:27 +00002534<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division.
2535The remainder has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002536
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002537<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002538
2539<pre>
2540 &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002541</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002542</div>
Robert Bocchino820bc75b2006-02-17 21:18:08 +00002543
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +00002544<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2545<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
2546Operations</a> </div>
2547<div class="doc_text">
2548<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of
2549bit-twiddling in a program. They are generally very efficient
2550instructions and can commonly be strength reduced from other
Chris Lattner1429e6f2008-04-01 18:45:27 +00002551instructions. They require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them,
2552and produce a single value. The resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +00002553</div>
2554
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002555<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2556<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
2557Instruction</a> </div>
2558<div class="doc_text">
2559<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002560<pre> &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002561</pre>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002562
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002563<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002564
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002565<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to
2566the left a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002567
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002568<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002569
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002570<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the same <a
Nate Begemanfecbc8c2008-07-29 15:49:41 +00002571 href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002572type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002573
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002574<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002575
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002576<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod 2<sup>n</sup>,
2577where n is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) negative or
2578equal to or larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002579
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002580<h5>Example:</h5><pre>
2581 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
2582 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
2583 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002584 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002585</pre>
2586</div>
2587<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2588<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
2589Instruction</a> </div>
2590<div class="doc_text">
2591<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002592<pre> &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002593</pre>
2594
2595<h5>Overview:</h5>
2596<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002597operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002598
2599<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2600<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Nate Begemanfecbc8c2008-07-29 15:49:41 +00002601<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002602type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002603
2604<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002605
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002606<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
2607significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002608shift. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than
2609the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002610
2611<h5>Example:</h5>
2612<pre>
2613 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
2614 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
2615 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
2616 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002617 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002618</pre>
2619</div>
2620
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +00002621<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002622<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
2623Instruction</a> </div>
2624<div class="doc_text">
2625
2626<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002627<pre> &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002628</pre>
2629
2630<h5>Overview:</h5>
2631<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002632operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign extension.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002633
2634<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2635<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Nate Begemanfecbc8c2008-07-29 15:49:41 +00002636<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002637type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002638
2639<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2640<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation,
2641The most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002642of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
2643larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined.
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002644</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002645
2646<h5>Example:</h5>
2647<pre>
2648 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
2649 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
2650 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
2651 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002652 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002653</pre>
2654</div>
2655
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002656<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002657<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
2658Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002659
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002660<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002661
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002662<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002663
2664<pre>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002665 &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002666</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002667
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002668<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002669
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002670<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of
2671its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002672
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002673<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002674
2675<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
2676<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
2677values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
2678
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002679<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002680<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002681<p> </p>
Bill Wendling5703c6e2008-09-07 10:29:20 +00002682<div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002683<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002684 <tbody>
2685 <tr>
2686 <td>In0</td>
2687 <td>In1</td>
2688 <td>Out</td>
2689 </tr>
2690 <tr>
2691 <td>0</td>
2692 <td>0</td>
2693 <td>0</td>
2694 </tr>
2695 <tr>
2696 <td>0</td>
2697 <td>1</td>
2698 <td>0</td>
2699 </tr>
2700 <tr>
2701 <td>1</td>
2702 <td>0</td>
2703 <td>0</td>
2704 </tr>
2705 <tr>
2706 <td>1</td>
2707 <td>1</td>
2708 <td>1</td>
2709 </tr>
2710 </tbody>
2711</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00002712</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002713<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002714<pre>
2715 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002716 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
2717 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002718</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002719</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002720<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002721<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002722<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002723<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002724<pre> &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002725</pre>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002726<h5>Overview:</h5>
2727<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive
2728or of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002729<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002730
2731<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
2732<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
2733values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002734<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002735<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002736<p> </p>
Bill Wendling5703c6e2008-09-07 10:29:20 +00002737<div>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002738<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
2739 <tbody>
2740 <tr>
2741 <td>In0</td>
2742 <td>In1</td>
2743 <td>Out</td>
2744 </tr>
2745 <tr>
2746 <td>0</td>
2747 <td>0</td>
2748 <td>0</td>
2749 </tr>
2750 <tr>
2751 <td>0</td>
2752 <td>1</td>
2753 <td>1</td>
2754 </tr>
2755 <tr>
2756 <td>1</td>
2757 <td>0</td>
2758 <td>1</td>
2759 </tr>
2760 <tr>
2761 <td>1</td>
2762 <td>1</td>
2763 <td>1</td>
2764 </tr>
2765 </tbody>
2766</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00002767</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002768<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002769<pre> &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
2770 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
2771 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002772</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002773</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002774<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002775<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
2776Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002777<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002778<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00002779<pre> &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002780</pre>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002781<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002782<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive
2783or of its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the
2784"one's complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002785<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002786<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
2787<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
2788values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
2789
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002790<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002791
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002792<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002793<p> </p>
Bill Wendling5703c6e2008-09-07 10:29:20 +00002794<div>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002795<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
2796 <tbody>
2797 <tr>
2798 <td>In0</td>
2799 <td>In1</td>
2800 <td>Out</td>
2801 </tr>
2802 <tr>
2803 <td>0</td>
2804 <td>0</td>
2805 <td>0</td>
2806 </tr>
2807 <tr>
2808 <td>0</td>
2809 <td>1</td>
2810 <td>1</td>
2811 </tr>
2812 <tr>
2813 <td>1</td>
2814 <td>0</td>
2815 <td>1</td>
2816 </tr>
2817 <tr>
2818 <td>1</td>
2819 <td>1</td>
2820 <td>0</td>
2821 </tr>
2822 </tbody>
2823</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00002824</div>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002825<p> </p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002826<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002827<pre> &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
2828 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
2829 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
2830 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002831</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002832</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002833
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002834<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002835<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002836 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
2837</div>
2838
2839<div class="doc_text">
2840
2841<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002842target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002843vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
2844does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
2845will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a specific
2846target.</p>
2847
2848</div>
2849
2850<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2851<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2852 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
2853</div>
2854
2855<div class="doc_text">
2856
2857<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2858
2859<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002860 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002861</pre>
2862
2863<h5>Overview:</h5>
2864
2865<p>
2866The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002867element from a vector at a specified index.
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002868</p>
2869
2870
2871<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2872
2873<p>
2874The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002875value of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002876an index indicating the position from which to extract the element.
2877The index may be a variable.</p>
2878
2879<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2880
2881<p>
2882The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
2883<tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
2884<tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
2885results are undefined.
2886</p>
2887
2888<h5>Example:</h5>
2889
2890<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002891 %result = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002892</pre>
2893</div>
2894
2895
2896<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2897<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2898 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
2899</div>
2900
2901<div class="doc_text">
2902
2903<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2904
2905<pre>
Dan Gohman43ba0672008-05-12 23:38:42 +00002906 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002907</pre>
2908
2909<h5>Overview:</h5>
2910
2911<p>
2912The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002913element into a vector at a specified index.
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002914</p>
2915
2916
2917<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2918
2919<p>
2920The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002921value of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002922scalar value whose type must equal the element type of the first
2923operand. The third operand is an index indicating the position at
2924which to insert the value. The index may be a variable.</p>
2925
2926<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2927
2928<p>
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002929The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002930element values are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position
2931<tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt>
2932exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the results are undefined.
2933</p>
2934
2935<h5>Example:</h5>
2936
2937<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002938 %result = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002939</pre>
2940</div>
2941
2942<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2943<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2944 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
2945</div>
2946
2947<div class="doc_text">
2948
2949<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2950
2951<pre>
Mon P Wang25f01062008-11-10 04:46:22 +00002952 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;m x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;m x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002953</pre>
2954
2955<h5>Overview:</h5>
2956
2957<p>
2958The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
Mon P Wang25f01062008-11-10 04:46:22 +00002959from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as
2960the input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002961</p>
2962
2963<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2964
2965<p>
Mon P Wang25f01062008-11-10 04:46:22 +00002966The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
2967with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
2968element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector whose
2969length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the same as
2970the element type of the first two operands.
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002971</p>
2972
2973<p>
2974The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
2975constant integer or undef values.
2976</p>
2977
2978<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2979
2980<p>
2981The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
2982both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
Mon P Wang25f01062008-11-10 04:46:22 +00002983the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002984gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the second
2985operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.
2986</p>
2987
2988<h5>Example:</h5>
2989
2990<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002991 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002992 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002993 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
2994 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Mon P Wang25f01062008-11-10 04:46:22 +00002995 %result = shufflevector &lt;8 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;8 x i32&gt; undef,
2996 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
2997 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
2998 &lt;8 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 &gt; <i>; yields &lt;8 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002999</pre>
3000</div>
3001
Tanya Lattnerb138bbe2006-04-14 19:24:33 +00003002
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003003<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3004<div class="doc_subsection">
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003005 <a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
3006</div>
3007
3008<div class="doc_text">
3009
3010<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with aggregate values.
3011</p>
3012
3013</div>
3014
3015<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3016<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3017 <a name="i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3018</div>
3019
3020<div class="doc_text">
3021
3022<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3023
3024<pre>
3025 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt;{, &lt;idx&gt;}*
3026</pre>
3027
3028<h5>Overview:</h5>
3029
3030<p>
Dan Gohman35a835c2008-05-13 18:16:06 +00003031The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a struct field
3032or array element from an aggregate value.
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003033</p>
3034
3035
3036<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3037
3038<p>
3039The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a
3040value of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a>
Dan Gohman35a835c2008-05-13 18:16:06 +00003041type. The operands are constant indices to specify which value to extract
Dan Gohman1ecaf452008-05-31 00:58:22 +00003042in a similar manner as indices in a
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003043'<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
3044</p>
3045
3046<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3047
3048<p>
3049The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by
3050the index operands.
3051</p>
3052
3053<h5>Example:</h5>
3054
3055<pre>
Dan Gohman1ecaf452008-05-31 00:58:22 +00003056 %result = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003057</pre>
3058</div>
3059
3060
3061<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3062<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3063 <a name="i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3064</div>
3065
3066<div class="doc_text">
3067
3068<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3069
3070<pre>
Dan Gohman1ecaf452008-05-31 00:58:22 +00003071 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003072</pre>
3073
3074<h5>Overview:</h5>
3075
3076<p>
3077The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value
Dan Gohman35a835c2008-05-13 18:16:06 +00003078into a struct field or array element in an aggregate.
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003079</p>
3080
3081
3082<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3083
3084<p>
3085The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a
3086value of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type.
3087The second operand is a first-class value to insert.
Dan Gohman34d1c0d2008-05-23 21:53:15 +00003088The following operands are constant indices
Dan Gohman1ecaf452008-05-31 00:58:22 +00003089indicating the position at which to insert the value in a similar manner as
Dan Gohman35a835c2008-05-13 18:16:06 +00003090indices in a
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003091'<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
3092The value to insert must have the same type as the value identified
Dan Gohman35a835c2008-05-13 18:16:06 +00003093by the indices.
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00003094</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003095
3096<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3097
3098<p>
3099The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its
3100value is that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position
Dan Gohman35a835c2008-05-13 18:16:06 +00003101specified by the indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003102</p>
3103
3104<h5>Example:</h5>
3105
3106<pre>
Dan Gohman88ce1a52008-06-23 15:26:37 +00003107 %result = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32, float}</i>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003108</pre>
3109</div>
3110
3111
3112<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3113<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner6ab66722006-08-15 00:45:58 +00003114 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003115</div>
3116
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003117<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003118
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003119<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it
3120represents memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which
3121makes things very simple. This section describes how to read, write,
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00003122allocate, and free memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003123
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003124</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003125
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003126<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003127<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3128 <a name="i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a>
3129</div>
3130
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003131<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003132
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003133<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003134
3135<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003136 &lt;result&gt; = malloc &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003137</pre>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003138
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003139<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003140
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003141<p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates memory from the system
Christopher Lamb55c6d4f2007-12-17 01:00:21 +00003142heap and returns a pointer to it. The object is always allocated in the generic
3143address space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003144
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003145<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003146
3147<p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates
3148<tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt>
John Criswella92e5862004-02-24 16:13:56 +00003149bytes of memory from the operating system and returns a pointer of the
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003150appropriate type to the program. If "NumElements" is specified, it is the
Gabor Greifdd1fc982008-02-09 22:24:34 +00003151number of elements allocated, otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one.
Chris Lattner1f17cce2008-04-02 00:38:26 +00003152If a constant alignment is specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to
Gabor Greifdd1fc982008-02-09 22:24:34 +00003153be aligned to at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can
3154choose to align the allocation on any convenient boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003155
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003156<p>'<tt>type</tt>' must be a sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003157
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003158<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003159
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003160<p>Memory is allocated using the system "<tt>malloc</tt>" function, and
Nick Lewyckyf5ffcbc2008-11-24 03:41:24 +00003161a pointer is returned. The result of a zero byte allocation is undefined. The
Chris Lattnerfe8519c2008-04-19 21:01:16 +00003162result is null if there is insufficient memory available.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003163
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003164<h5>Example:</h5>
3165
3166<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003167 %array = malloc [4 x i8 ] <i>; yields {[%4 x i8]*}:array</i>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003168
Bill Wendling2d8b9a82007-05-29 09:42:13 +00003169 %size = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 2, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:size = i32 4</i>
3170 %array1 = malloc i8, i32 4 <i>; yields {i8*}:array1</i>
3171 %array2 = malloc [12 x i8], i32 %size <i>; yields {[12 x i8]*}:array2</i>
3172 %array3 = malloc i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:array3</i>
3173 %array4 = malloc i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:array4</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003174</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003175</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003176
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003177<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003178<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3179 <a name="i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a>
3180</div>
3181
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003182<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003183
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003184<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003185
3186<pre>
3187 free &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003188</pre>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003189
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003190<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003191
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003192<p>The '<tt>free</tt>' instruction returns memory back to the unused
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00003193memory heap to be reallocated in the future.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003194
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003195<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003196
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003197<p>'<tt>value</tt>' shall be a pointer value that points to a value
3198that was allocated with the '<tt><a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a></tt>'
3199instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003200
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003201<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003202
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00003203<p>Access to the memory pointed to by the pointer is no longer defined
Chris Lattner0f103e12008-04-19 22:41:32 +00003204after this instruction executes. If the pointer is null, the operation
3205is a noop.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003206
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003207<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003208
3209<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003210 %array = <a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a> [4 x i8] <i>; yields {[4 x i8]*}:array</i>
3211 free [4 x i8]* %array
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003212</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003213</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003214
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003215<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003216<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3217 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
3218</div>
3219
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003220<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003221
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003222<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003223
3224<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003225 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003226</pre>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003227
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003228<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003229
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003230<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
3231currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
Christopher Lamb55c6d4f2007-12-17 01:00:21 +00003232returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
3233space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003234
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003235<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003236
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00003237<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003238bytes of memory on the runtime stack, returning a pointer of the
Gabor Greifdd1fc982008-02-09 22:24:34 +00003239appropriate type to the program. If "NumElements" is specified, it is the
3240number of elements allocated, otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one.
Chris Lattner1f17cce2008-04-02 00:38:26 +00003241If a constant alignment is specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed
Gabor Greifdd1fc982008-02-09 22:24:34 +00003242to be aligned to at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target
3243can choose to align the allocation on any convenient boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003244
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003245<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003246
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003247<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003248
Chris Lattnerfe8519c2008-04-19 21:01:16 +00003249<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefiend if
3250there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003251memory is automatically released when the function returns. The '<tt>alloca</tt>'
3252instruction is commonly used to represent automatic variables that must
3253have an address available. When the function returns (either with the <tt><a
John Criswellc932bef2005-05-12 16:55:34 +00003254 href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt> or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt>
Chris Lattner1f17cce2008-04-02 00:38:26 +00003255instructions), the memory is reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes
3256is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003257
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003258<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003259
3260<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003261 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003262 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3263 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003264 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003265</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003266</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003267
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003268<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003269<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
3270Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003271<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003272<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Christopher Lambbff50202007-04-21 08:16:25 +00003273<pre> &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]<br> &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]<br></pre>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003274<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003275<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003276<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003277<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00003278address from which to load. The pointer must point to a <a
Chris Lattner10ee9652004-06-03 22:57:15 +00003279 href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00003280marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003281the number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other
3282volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
3283instructions. </p>
Chris Lattner2a1993f2008-01-06 21:04:43 +00003284<p>
Chris Lattner1f17cce2008-04-02 00:38:26 +00003285The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the operation
Chris Lattner2a1993f2008-01-06 21:04:43 +00003286(that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
3287omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
3288alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter
3289to ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating
3290the alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the
3291alignment may produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always
3292safe.
3293</p>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003294<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003295<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded.</p>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003296<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003297<pre> %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003298 <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003299 href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
3300 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003301</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003302</div>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003303<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003304<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
3305Instruction</a> </div>
Reid Spencera89fb182006-11-09 21:18:01 +00003306<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003307<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Christopher Lambbff50202007-04-21 08:16:25 +00003308<pre> store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
3309 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003310</pre>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003311<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003312<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003313<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003314<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003315to store and an address at which to store it. The type of the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>'
Chris Lattner1f17cce2008-04-02 00:38:26 +00003316operand must be a pointer to the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type
3317of the '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>'
John Criswell4a3327e2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00003318operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003319optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or order of execution of
3320this <tt>store</tt> with other volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a
3321 href="#i_store">store</a></tt> instructions.</p>
Chris Lattner2a1993f2008-01-06 21:04:43 +00003322<p>
Chris Lattner1f17cce2008-04-02 00:38:26 +00003323The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the operation
Chris Lattner2a1993f2008-01-06 21:04:43 +00003324(that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
3325omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
3326alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter
3327to ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating
3328the alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the
3329alignment may produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always
3330safe.
3331</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003332<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3333<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>'
3334at the location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand.</p>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003335<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003336<pre> %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling8830ffe2007-10-22 05:10:05 +00003337 store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
3338 %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003339</pre>
Reid Spencer443460a2006-11-09 21:15:49 +00003340</div>
3341
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003342<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003343<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3344 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
3345</div>
3346
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003347<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00003348<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003349<pre>
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00003350 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003351</pre>
3352
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00003353<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003354
3355<p>
3356The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00003357subelement of an aggregate data structure. It performs address calculation only
3358and does not access memory.</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003359
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00003360<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003361
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00003362<p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the
3363calculation. The remaining arguments are indices, that indicate which of the
3364elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each index
3365is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always indexes the
3366pointer value given as the first argument, the second index indexes a value of
3367the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly pointed to, since the
3368first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type indexed into must be a pointer
3369value, subsequent types can be arrays, vectors and structs. Note that subsequent
3370types being indexed into can never be pointers, since that would require loading
3371the pointer before continuing calculation.</p>
3372
3373<p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
3374When indexing into a (packed) structure, only <tt>i32</tt> integer
3375<b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer or vector,
3376only integers of 32 or 64 bits are allowed (also non-constants). 32-bit values
3377will be sign extended to 64-bits if required.</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003378
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003379<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets
3380compiled to LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003381
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003382<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003383<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003384struct RT {
3385 char A;
Chris Lattnera446f1b2007-05-29 15:43:56 +00003386 int B[10][20];
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003387 char C;
3388};
3389struct ST {
Chris Lattnera446f1b2007-05-29 15:43:56 +00003390 int X;
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003391 double Y;
3392 struct RT Z;
3393};
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003394
Chris Lattnera446f1b2007-05-29 15:43:56 +00003395int *foo(struct ST *s) {
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003396 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
3397}
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003398</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003399</div>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003400
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003401<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003402
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003403<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003404<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003405%RT = type { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
3406%ST = type { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003407
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003408define i32* %foo(%ST* %s) {
3409entry:
3410 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
3411 ret i32* %reg
3412}
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003413</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003414</div>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003415
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00003416<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003417
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003418<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003419type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003420}</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element of
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003421the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
3422i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
3423element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003424array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003425'<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a pointer
3426to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003427
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003428<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a
3429structure, returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this,
3430the LLVM code for the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003431
3432<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003433 define i32* %foo(%ST* %s) {
3434 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003435 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
3436 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003437 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
3438 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
3439 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003440 }
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003441</pre>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00003442
3443<p>Note that it is undefined to access an array out of bounds: array and
3444pointer indexes must always be within the defined bounds of the array type.
Chris Lattner851b7712008-04-24 05:59:56 +00003445The one exception for this rule is zero length arrays. These arrays are
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00003446defined to be accessible as variable length arrays, which requires access
3447beyond the zero'th element.</p>
3448
Chris Lattner6ab66722006-08-15 00:45:58 +00003449<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight
3450into how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr
3451FAQ</a>.</p>
3452
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00003453<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00003454
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003455<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003456 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00003457 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
3458 <i>; yields i8*:vptr</i>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00003459 %vptr = getelementptr {i32, &lt;2 x i8&gt;}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00003460 <i>; yields i8*:eptr</i>
3461 %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003462</pre>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003463</div>
Reid Spencer443460a2006-11-09 21:15:49 +00003464
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003465<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00003466<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003467</div>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003468<div class="doc_text">
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00003469<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
3470which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit conversions
3471on the operand.</p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003472</div>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003473
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003474<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003475<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003476 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3477</div>
3478<div class="doc_text">
3479
3480<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3481<pre>
3482 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3483</pre>
3484
3485<h5>Overview:</h5>
3486<p>
3487The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.
3488</p>
3489
3490<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3491<p>
3492The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
3493be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the size
Chris Lattnerc0f423a2007-01-15 01:54:13 +00003494and type of the result, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003495type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the bit size of
3496<tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003497
3498<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3499<p>
3500The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits in <tt>value</tt>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003501and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the source size must be
3502larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot be a <i>no-op cast</i>.
3503It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003504
3505<h5>Example:</h5>
3506<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003507 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00003508 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
3509 %Y = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003510</pre>
3511</div>
3512
3513<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3514<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3515 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3516</div>
3517<div class="doc_text">
3518
3519<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3520<pre>
3521 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3522</pre>
3523
3524<h5>Overview:</h5>
3525<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
3526<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
3527
3528
3529<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3530<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Chris Lattnerc0f423a2007-01-15 01:54:13 +00003531<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
3532also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003533<tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
3534<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003535
3536<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3537<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
Chris Lattnerc87f3df2007-05-24 19:13:27 +00003538bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003539
Reid Spencer07c9c682007-01-12 15:46:11 +00003540<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003541
3542<h5>Example:</h5>
3543<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003544 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00003545 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003546</pre>
3547</div>
3548
3549<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3550<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3551 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3552</div>
3553<div class="doc_text">
3554
3555<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3556<pre>
3557 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3558</pre>
3559
3560<h5>Overview:</h5>
3561<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
3562
3563<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3564<p>
3565The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Chris Lattnerc0f423a2007-01-15 01:54:13 +00003566<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
3567also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003568<tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
3569<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003570
3571<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3572<p>
3573The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
3574bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size of
Chris Lattnerc87f3df2007-05-24 19:13:27 +00003575the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003576
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00003577<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003578
3579<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003580<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003581 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00003582 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003583</pre>
3584</div>
3585
3586<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3587<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00003588 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3589</div>
3590
3591<div class="doc_text">
3592
3593<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3594
3595<pre>
3596 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3597</pre>
3598
3599<h5>Overview:</h5>
3600<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
3601<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
3602
3603
3604<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3605<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
3606 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to
3607cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
3608<tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
3609<i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
3610
3611<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003612<p> The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
3613<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
3614<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit within
3615the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00003616
3617<h5>Example:</h5>
3618<pre>
3619 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
3620 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
3621</pre>
3622</div>
3623
3624<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3625<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003626 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3627</div>
3628<div class="doc_text">
3629
3630<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3631<pre>
3632 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3633</pre>
3634
3635<h5>Overview:</h5>
3636<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
3637floating point value.</p>
3638
3639<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3640<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
3641<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast,
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003642and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
3643type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003644
3645<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003646<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
Duncan Sands16f122e2007-03-30 12:22:09 +00003647<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
3648<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003649used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003650<tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003651
3652<h5>Example:</h5>
3653<pre>
3654 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
3655 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
3656</pre>
3657</div>
3658
3659<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3660<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer2eadb532007-01-21 00:29:26 +00003661 <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003662</div>
3663<div class="doc_text">
3664
3665<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3666<pre>
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00003667 &lt;result&gt; = fptoui &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003668</pre>
3669
3670<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00003671<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003672unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.
3673</p>
3674
3675<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00003676<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Nate Begemand4d45c22007-11-17 03:58:34 +00003677scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
3678to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
3679type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
3680vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003681
3682<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00003683<p> The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003684<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
3685towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
3686the results are undefined.</p>
3687
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003688<h5>Example:</h5>
3689<pre>
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00003690 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Chris Lattner5b95a172007-09-22 03:17:52 +00003691 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00003692 %X = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003693</pre>
3694</div>
3695
3696<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3697<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003698 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003699</div>
3700<div class="doc_text">
3701
3702<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3703<pre>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003704 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003705</pre>
3706
3707<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003708<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003709<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to type <tt>ty2</tt>.
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003710</p>
3711
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003712<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003713<p> The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Nate Begemand4d45c22007-11-17 03:58:34 +00003714scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
3715to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
3716type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
3717vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003718
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003719<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003720<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003721<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
3722towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
3723the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003724
Chris Lattner70de6632001-07-09 00:26:23 +00003725<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003726<pre>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00003727 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Chris Lattner5b95a172007-09-22 03:17:52 +00003728 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003729 %X = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003730</pre>
3731</div>
3732
3733<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3734<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003735 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003736</div>
3737<div class="doc_text">
3738
3739<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3740<pre>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003741 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003742</pre>
3743
3744<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003745<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003746integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
3747
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003748<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemand4d45c22007-11-17 03:58:34 +00003749<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
3750scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast it
3751to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
3752type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
3753floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003754
3755<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003756<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003757integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If
Jeff Cohenbeccb742007-04-22 14:56:37 +00003758the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003759
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003760<h5>Example:</h5>
3761<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003762 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00003763 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003764</pre>
3765</div>
3766
3767<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3768<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003769 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003770</div>
3771<div class="doc_text">
3772
3773<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3774<pre>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003775 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003776</pre>
3777
3778<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003779<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003780integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
3781
3782<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemand4d45c22007-11-17 03:58:34 +00003783<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
3784scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast it
3785to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
3786type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
3787floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003788
3789<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003790<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003791integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If
Jeff Cohenbeccb742007-04-22 14:56:37 +00003792the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003793
3794<h5>Example:</h5>
3795<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003796 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00003797 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003798</pre>
3799</div>
3800
3801<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3802<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003803 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3804</div>
3805<div class="doc_text">
3806
3807<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3808<pre>
3809 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3810</pre>
3811
3812<h5>Overview:</h5>
3813<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
3814the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
3815
3816<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3817<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
Duncan Sands16f122e2007-03-30 12:22:09 +00003818must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00003819<tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003820
3821<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3822<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
3823<tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
3824truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
3825<tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
3826<tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003827are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
3828change.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003829
3830<h5>Example:</h5>
3831<pre>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003832 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
3833 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003834</pre>
3835</div>
3836
3837<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3838<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3839 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3840</div>
3841<div class="doc_text">
3842
3843<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3844<pre>
3845 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3846</pre>
3847
3848<h5>Overview:</h5>
3849<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to
3850a pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
3851
3852<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Duncan Sands16f122e2007-03-30 12:22:09 +00003853<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003854value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00003855<a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003856
3857<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3858<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
3859<tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
3860the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
3861size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller than
3862the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the same size,
3863nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
3864
3865<h5>Example:</h5>
3866<pre>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003867 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
3868 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
3869 %Y = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003870</pre>
3871</div>
3872
3873<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3874<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003875 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003876</div>
3877<div class="doc_text">
3878
3879<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3880<pre>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003881 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003882</pre>
3883
3884<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003885
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003886<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003887<tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
3888
3889<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003890
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003891<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be
Dan Gohmanc05dca92008-09-08 16:45:59 +00003892a non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
3893a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes of
3894<tt>value</tt>
Reid Spencere3db84c2007-01-09 20:08:58 +00003895and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be identical. If the source
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003896type is a pointer, the destination type must also be a pointer. This
3897instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to integers and to vectors
3898of other types (as long as they have the same size).</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003899
3900<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003901<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003902<tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
3903this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
3904stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only be
3905converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert pointers to
3906other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
3907<a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003908
3909<h5>Example:</h5>
3910<pre>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003911 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003912 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00003913 %Z = bitcast &lt;2 x int&gt; %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner70de6632001-07-09 00:26:23 +00003914</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003915</div>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003916
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00003917<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3918<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
3919<div class="doc_text">
3920<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous"
3921instructions, which defy better classification.</p>
3922</div>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003923
3924<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3925<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
3926</div>
3927<div class="doc_text">
3928<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00003929<pre> &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003930</pre>
3931<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00003932<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or
3933a vector of boolean values based on comparison
3934of its two integer, integer vector, or pointer operands.</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003935<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3936<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003937the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not
3938a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00003939</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003940<ol>
3941 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
3942 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
3943 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
3944 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
3945 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
3946 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
3947 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
3948 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
3949 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
3950 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
3951</ol>
Chris Lattnerc0f423a2007-01-15 01:54:13 +00003952<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00003953<a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>
3954or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> typed.
3955They must also be identical types.</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003956<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003957<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003958the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00003959yields either an <a href="#t_primitive"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt> result, as follows:
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00003960</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003961<ol>
3962 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
3963 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or performed.
3964 </li>
3965 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00003966 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or performed.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003967 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003968 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003969 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003970 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003971 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003972 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003973 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003974 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003975 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003976 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003977 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003978 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003979 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003980 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003981 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003982 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003983</ol>
3984<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003985values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00003986<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared
3987element by element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with
3988the same number of elements as the values being compared.
3989Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.
3990</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003991
3992<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003993<pre> &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3994 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3995 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
3996 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3997 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3998 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003999</pre>
4000</div>
4001
4002<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4003<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4004</div>
4005<div class="doc_text">
4006<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004007<pre> &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004008</pre>
4009<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004010<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value
4011or vector of boolean values based on comparison
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004012of its operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004013<p>
4014If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result
4015type is a boolean (<a href="#t_primitive"><tt>i1</tt></a>).
4016</p>
4017<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type
4018is a vector of boolean with the same number of elements as the
4019operands being compared.</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004020<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4021<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004022the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004023a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004024<ol>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004025 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004026 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
4027 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
4028 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
4029 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
4030 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
4031 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
4032 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
4033 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
4034 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
4035 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
4036 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
4037 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
4038 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
4039 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004040 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004041</ol>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004042<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
Reid Spencer02e0d1d2006-12-06 07:08:07 +00004043<i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004044<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be
4045either a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
4046or a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type.
4047They must have identical types.</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004048<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004049<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004050according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>.
4051If the operands are vectors, then the vectors are compared
4052element by element.
4053Each comparison performed
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004054always yields an <a href="#t_primitive">i1</a> result, as follows:</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004055<ol>
4056 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004057 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004058 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004059 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004060 <tt>op1</tt> is greather than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004061 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004062 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004063 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004064 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004065 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004066 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004067 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004068 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004069 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
4070 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004071 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004072 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004073 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004074 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004075 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004076 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004077 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004078 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004079 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004080 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004081 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004082 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004083 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
4084</ol>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004085
4086<h5>Example:</h5>
4087<pre> &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004088 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4089 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4090 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004091</pre>
4092</div>
4093
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004094<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004095<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4096 <a name="i_vicmp">'<tt>vicmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4097</div>
4098<div class="doc_text">
4099<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004100<pre> &lt;result&gt; = vicmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004101</pre>
4102<h5>Overview:</h5>
4103<p>The '<tt>vicmp</tt>' instruction returns an integer vector value based on
4104element-wise comparison of its two integer vector operands.</p>
4105<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4106<p>The '<tt>vicmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
4107the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004108a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004109<ol>
4110 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
4111 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
4112 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
4113 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
4114 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
4115 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
4116 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
4117 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
4118 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
4119 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
4120</ol>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004121<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> or
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004122<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
4123<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004124<p>The '<tt>vicmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004125according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison yields a
4126<a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> result, of
4127identical type as the values being compared. The most significant bit in each
4128element is 1 if the element-wise comparison evaluates to true, and is 0
4129otherwise. All other bits of the result are undefined. The condition codes
4130are evaluated identically to the <a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>'
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004131instruction</a>.</p>
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004132
4133<h5>Example:</h5>
4134<pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004135 &lt;result&gt; = vicmp eq &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 4, i32 0&gt;, &lt; i32 5, i32 0&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 0, i32 -1 &gt;</i>
4136 &lt;result&gt; = vicmp ult &lt;2 x i8 &gt; &lt; i8 1, i8 2&gt;, &lt; i8 2, i8 2 &gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i8&gt; &lt; i8 -1, i8 0 &gt;</i>
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004137</pre>
4138</div>
4139
4140<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4141<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4142 <a name="i_vfcmp">'<tt>vfcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4143</div>
4144<div class="doc_text">
4145<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004146<pre> &lt;result&gt; = vfcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt;</pre>
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004147<h5>Overview:</h5>
4148<p>The '<tt>vfcmp</tt>' instruction returns an integer vector value based on
4149element-wise comparison of its two floating point vector operands. The output
4150elements have the same width as the input elements.</p>
4151<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4152<p>The '<tt>vfcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
4153the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004154a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004155<ol>
4156 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
4157 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
4158 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
4159 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
4160 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
4161 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
4162 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
4163 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
4164 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
4165 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
4166 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
4167 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
4168 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
4169 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
4170 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
4171 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
4172</ol>
4173<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
4174<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> typed. They must also be identical
4175types.</p>
4176<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004177<p>The '<tt>vfcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004178according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison yields a
4179<a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> result, with
4180an identical number of elements as the values being compared, and each element
4181having identical with to the width of the floating point elements. The most
4182significant bit in each element is 1 if the element-wise comparison evaluates to
4183true, and is 0 otherwise. All other bits of the result are undefined. The
4184condition codes are evaluated identically to the
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004185<a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction</a>.</p>
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004186
4187<h5>Example:</h5>
4188<pre>
Chris Lattner0ae02092008-10-13 16:55:18 +00004189 <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 0, i32 -1 &gt;</i>
4190 &lt;result&gt; = vfcmp oeq &lt;2 x float&gt; &lt; float 4, float 0 &gt;, &lt; float 5, float 0 &gt;
4191
4192 <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i64&gt; &lt; i64 -1, i64 0 &gt;</i>
4193 &lt;result&gt; = vfcmp ult &lt;2 x double&gt; &lt; double 1, double 2 &gt;, &lt; double 2, double 2&gt;
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004194</pre>
4195</div>
4196
4197<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004198<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4199 <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a>
4200</div>
4201
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004202<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004203
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004204<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004205
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004206<pre> &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...<br></pre>
4207<h5>Overview:</h5>
4208<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in
4209the SSA graph representing the function.</p>
4210<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004211
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004212<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004213field. After this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs
4214as arguments, with one pair for each predecessor basic block of the
4215current block. Only values of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>
4216type may be used as the value arguments to the PHI node. Only labels
4217may be used as the label arguments.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004218
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004219<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic
4220block and the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in
4221a basic block.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004222
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004223<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004224
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004225<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
4226specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that executed
4227just prior to the current block.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004228
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004229<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004230<pre>
4231Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...
4232 %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]
4233 %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
4234 br label %Loop
4235</pre>
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004236</div>
4237
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004238<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4239<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4240 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
4241</div>
4242
4243<div class="doc_text">
4244
4245<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4246
4247<pre>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004248 &lt;result&gt; = select <i>selty</i> &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
4249
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004250 <i>selty</i> is either i1 or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004251</pre>
4252
4253<h5>Overview:</h5>
4254
4255<p>
4256The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
4257condition, without branching.
4258</p>
4259
4260
4261<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4262
4263<p>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004264The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or
4265a vector of 'i1' values indicating the
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004266condition, and two values of the same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004267type. If the val1/val2 are vectors and
4268the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004269individual elements.
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004270</p>
4271
4272<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4273
4274<p>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004275If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the first
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00004276value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004277</p>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004278<p>
4279If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must
4280be vectors of the same size, and the selection is done element
4281by element.
4282</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004283
4284<h5>Example:</h5>
4285
4286<pre>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004287 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004288</pre>
4289</div>
4290
Robert Bocchinof72fdfe2006-01-15 20:48:27 +00004291
4292<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4293<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004294 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
4295</div>
4296
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004297<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004298
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004299<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004300<pre>
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +00004301 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ty&gt; [&lt;fnty&gt;*] &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004302</pre>
4303
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004304<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004305
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004306<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004307
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004308<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004309
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004310<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004311
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004312<ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004313 <li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00004314 <p>The optional "tail" marker indicates whether the callee function accesses
4315 any allocas or varargs in the caller. If the "tail" marker is present, the
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004316 function call is eligible for tail call optimization. Note that calls may
4317 be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before a <a
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004318 href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004319 </li>
4320 <li>
Duncan Sands16f122e2007-03-30 12:22:09 +00004321 <p>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00004322 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call defaults
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004323 to using C calling conventions.</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00004324 </li>
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00004325
4326 <li>
4327 <p>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
4328 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>',
4329 and '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</p>
4330 </li>
4331
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00004332 <li>
Nick Lewyckya9b13d52007-09-08 13:57:50 +00004333 <p>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also
4334 the type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
4335 <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</p>
4336 </li>
4337 <li>
4338 <p>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function
4339 value being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by
4340 this signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs
4341 and if the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004342 </li>
4343 <li>
4344 <p>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
4345 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
4346 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00004347 to function value.</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004348 </li>
4349 <li>
4350 <p>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the
Reid Spencerd845d162005-05-01 22:22:57 +00004351 function signature argument types. All arguments must be of
4352 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature
4353 indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra
4354 arguments can be specified.</p>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004355 </li>
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00004356 <li>
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +00004357 <p>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00004358 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
4359 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</p>
4360 </li>
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004361</ol>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004362
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004363<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004364
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004365<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to
4366transfer to a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to
4367the specified values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>'
4368instruction in the called function, control flow continues with the
4369instruction after the function call, and the return value of the
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004370function is bound to the result argument.</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004371
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004372<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004373
4374<pre>
Nick Lewyckya9b13d52007-09-08 13:57:50 +00004375 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
Chris Lattnerfb7c88d2008-03-21 17:24:17 +00004376 call i32 (i8 *, ...)* @printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
4377 %X = tail call i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
4378 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
4379 call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
Devang Pateld6cff512008-03-10 20:49:15 +00004380
4381 %struct.A = type { i32, i8 }
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00004382 %r = call %struct.A @foo() <i>; yields { 32, i8 }</i>
Dan Gohmancc3132e2008-10-04 19:00:07 +00004383 %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
4384 %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1 <i>; yields i8</i>
Chris Lattner6cbe8e92008-10-08 06:26:11 +00004385 %Z = call void @foo() noreturn <i>; indicates that %foo never returns normally</i>
Matthijs Kooijmaneefa7df2008-10-07 10:03:45 +00004386 %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004387</pre>
4388
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004389</div>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004390
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004391<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004392<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner33337472006-01-13 23:26:01 +00004393 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004394</div>
4395
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004396<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004397
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00004398<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004399
4400<pre>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004401 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004402</pre>
4403
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00004404<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004405
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004406<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004407the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
4408<tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
4409
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00004410<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004411
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004412<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of
4413the argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004414increments the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004415actual type of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004416
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00004417<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004418
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004419<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified
4420type from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the
4421<tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. For more information,
4422see the variable argument handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic
4423Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004424
4425<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
4426take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004427function.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004428
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004429<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of an <a
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00004430href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004431argument.</p>
4432
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00004433<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004434
4435<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
4436
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004437</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004438
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004439<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004440<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
4441<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004442
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004443<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004444
4445<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00004446well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain restrictions.
4447Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for the LLVM
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004448language that does not require changing all of the transformations in LLVM when
Gabor Greifa54634a2007-07-06 22:07:22 +00004449adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the parser, etc...).</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004450
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00004451<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004452prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
4453begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external functions:
4454you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic functions may
4455only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to take the address
4456of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic functions are part
4457of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that they be documented
4458here.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004459
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004460<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents
4461a family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
4462types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
4463overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
4464integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
4465overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
4466exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows an
4467intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them to
4468be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single argument or
4469the result.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004470
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004471<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
4472encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
4473which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
4474against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function can
4475take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same integer
4476width. This leads to a family of functions such as
4477<tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29 %val)</tt>.
4478Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type suffix is
4479required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return type, it
4480does not require its own name suffix.</p>
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00004481
4482<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
4483<a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004484</p>
4485
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004486</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004487
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004488<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004489<div class="doc_subsection">
4490 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
4491</div>
4492
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004493<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004494
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004495<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with the <a
Chris Lattner33337472006-01-13 23:26:01 +00004496 href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004497intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly
4498named macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004499
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004500<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a
4501target-specific value type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly
4502language reference manual does not define what this type is, so all
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004503transformations should be prepared to handle these functions regardless of
4504the type used.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004505
Chris Lattner30b868d2006-05-15 17:26:46 +00004506<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004507instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
4508used.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004509
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004510<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004511<pre>
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00004512define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004513 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004514 %ap = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00004515 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00004516 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004517
4518 ; Read a single integer argument
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004519 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004520
4521 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004522 %aq = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00004523 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004524 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00004525 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004526
4527 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00004528 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004529 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004530}
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00004531
4532declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
4533declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
4534declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004535</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004536</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004537
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004538</div>
4539
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004540<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004541<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004542 <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004543</div>
4544
4545
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004546<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004547<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00004548<pre> declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)<br></pre>
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004549<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004550<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004551<tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt> for subsequent use by <tt><a
4552href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
4553
4554<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4555
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004556<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004557
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004558<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004559
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004560<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004561macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes the
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004562<tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next call to
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004563<tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to the function.
4564Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not need to know the
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004565last argument of the function as the compiler can figure that out.</p>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004566
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004567</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004568
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004569<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004570<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004571 <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004572</div>
4573
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004574<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004575<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004576<pre> declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)<br></pre>
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004577<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00004578
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004579<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>,
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004580which has been initialized previously with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004581or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00004582
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004583<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00004584
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004585<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00004586
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004587<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00004588
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004589<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004590macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys the
4591<tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls to <a
4592href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a> and <a href="#int_va_copy">
4593<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly with calls to
4594<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00004595
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004596</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004597
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004598<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004599<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004600 <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004601</div>
4602
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004603<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004604
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004605<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004606
4607<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004608 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004609</pre>
4610
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004611<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004612
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004613<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
4614from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004615
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004616<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004617
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004618<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Andrew Lenharth5305ea52005-06-22 20:38:11 +00004619The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy from.</p>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00004620
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004621
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00004622<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004623
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004624<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
4625macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the source
4626<tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt> element. This
4627intrinsic is necessary because the <tt><a href="#int_va_start">
4628llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be arbitrarily complex and require, for
4629example, memory allocation.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004630
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004631</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004632
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004633<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4634<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004635 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
4636</div>
4637
4638<div class="doc_text">
4639
4640<p>
4641LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +00004642Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these
4643intrinsics.
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004644These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC roots on the
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004645stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that require <a
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004646href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a> barriers.
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004647Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate these
4648intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details, see <a
4649href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with LLVM</a>.
4650</p>
Christopher Lamb55c6d4f2007-12-17 01:00:21 +00004651
4652<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
4653 address space (address space zero).</p>
4654
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004655</div>
4656
4657<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4658<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004659 <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004660</div>
4661
4662<div class="doc_text">
4663
4664<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4665
4666<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00004667 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004668</pre>
4669
4670<h5>Overview:</h5>
4671
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00004672<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004673the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
4674
4675<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4676
4677<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
4678root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a global
4679value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the root.</p>
4680
4681<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4682
Chris Lattner851b7712008-04-24 05:59:56 +00004683<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004684location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
Gordon Henriksenfb56bde2007-12-25 02:31:26 +00004685the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
4686intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
4687algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004688
4689</div>
4690
4691
4692<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4693<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004694 <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004695</div>
4696
4697<div class="doc_text">
4698
4699<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4700
4701<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00004702 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004703</pre>
4704
4705<h5>Overview:</h5>
4706
4707<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
4708locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
4709barriers.</p>
4710
4711<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4712
Chris Lattnerf9228072006-03-14 20:02:51 +00004713<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
4714allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
4715start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
4716null).</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004717
4718<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4719
4720<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
4721instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
Gordon Henriksenfb56bde2007-12-25 02:31:26 +00004722garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
4723may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
4724algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004725
4726</div>
4727
4728
4729<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4730<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004731 <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004732</div>
4733
4734<div class="doc_text">
4735
4736<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4737
4738<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00004739 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004740</pre>
4741
4742<h5>Overview:</h5>
4743
4744<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
4745locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
4746barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
4747
4748<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4749
Chris Lattnerf9228072006-03-14 20:02:51 +00004750<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
4751object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
4752store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may be
4753null.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004754
4755<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4756
4757<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
4758instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
Gordon Henriksenfb56bde2007-12-25 02:31:26 +00004759garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
4760may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
4761algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004762
4763</div>
4764
4765
4766
4767<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4768<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004769 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
4770</div>
4771
4772<div class="doc_text">
4773<p>
4774These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may only
4775be implemented with code generator support.
4776</p>
4777
4778</div>
4779
4780<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4781<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004782 <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004783</div>
4784
4785<div class="doc_text">
4786
4787<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4788<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004789 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004790</pre>
4791
4792<h5>Overview:</h5>
4793
4794<p>
Chris Lattnerc1fb4262006-10-15 20:05:59 +00004795The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
4796target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
4797or one of its callers.
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004798</p>
4799
4800<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4801
4802<p>
4803The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
4804for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc. The
4805argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.
4806</p>
4807
4808<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4809
4810<p>
4811The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating
4812the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be
4813identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0
4814for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes.
4815</p>
4816
4817<p>
4818Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
Chris Lattner2e6eb5f2005-03-07 20:30:51 +00004819aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004820source-language caller.
4821</p>
4822</div>
4823
4824
4825<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4826<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004827 <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004828</div>
4829
4830<div class="doc_text">
4831
4832<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4833<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00004834 declare i8 *@llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004835</pre>
4836
4837<h5>Overview:</h5>
4838
4839<p>
Chris Lattnerc1fb4262006-10-15 20:05:59 +00004840The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
4841target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004842</p>
4843
4844<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4845
4846<p>
4847The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
4848pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
4849etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.
4850</p>
4851
4852<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4853
4854<p>
4855The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating
4856the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be
4857identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0
4858for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes.
4859</p>
4860
4861<p>
4862Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
Chris Lattner2e6eb5f2005-03-07 20:30:51 +00004863aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004864source-language caller.
4865</p>
4866</div>
4867
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00004868<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4869<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004870 <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004871</div>
4872
4873<div class="doc_text">
4874
4875<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4876<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00004877 declare i8 *@llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004878</pre>
4879
4880<h5>Overview:</h5>
4881
4882<p>
4883The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state of
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004884the function stack, for use with <a href="#int_stackrestore">
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004885<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is useful for implementing language
4886features like scoped automatic variable sized arrays in C99.
4887</p>
4888
4889<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4890
4891<p>
4892This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed to <a
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004893href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When an
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004894<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved from
4895<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack to the
4896state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed. In
4897practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the stack
4898that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.
4899</p>
4900
4901</div>
4902
4903<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4904<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004905 <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004906</div>
4907
4908<div class="doc_text">
4909
4910<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4911<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004912 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr)
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004913</pre>
4914
4915<h5>Overview:</h5>
4916
4917<p>
4918The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
4919the function stack to the state it was in when the corresponding <a
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004920href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic executed. This is
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004921useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable sized
4922arrays in C99.
4923</p>
4924
4925<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4926
4927<p>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004928See the description for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004929</p>
4930
4931</div>
4932
4933
4934<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4935<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004936 <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00004937</div>
4938
4939<div class="doc_text">
4940
4941<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4942<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00004943 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* &lt;address&gt;, i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00004944</pre>
4945
4946<h5>Overview:</h5>
4947
4948
4949<p>
4950The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to insert
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00004951a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop. Prefetches have
4952no
4953effect on the behavior of the program but can change its performance
Chris Lattnerff851072005-02-28 19:47:14 +00004954characteristics.
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00004955</p>
4956
4957<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4958
4959<p>
4960<tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the specifier
4961determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1), and
4962<tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
Chris Lattnerd3e641c2005-03-07 20:31:38 +00004963locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt> and
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00004964<tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.
4965</p>
4966
4967<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4968
4969<p>
4970This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
4971prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support this
4972intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for better
4973performance.
4974</p>
4975
4976</div>
4977
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00004978<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4979<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004980 <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00004981</div>
4982
4983<div class="doc_text">
4984
4985<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4986<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00004987 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00004988</pre>
4989
4990<h5>Overview:</h5>
4991
4992
4993<p>
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00004994The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program Counter
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +00004995(PC) in a region of
4996code to simulators and other tools. The method is target specific, but it is
4997expected that the marker will use exported symbols to transmit the PC of the
4998marker.
4999The marker makes no guarantees that it will remain with any specific instruction
5000after optimizations. It is possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit
Chris Lattnerb40261e2006-03-24 07:16:10 +00005001optimizations. The intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00005002correlations of simulation runs.
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005003</p>
5004
5005<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5006
5007<p>
5008<tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.
5009</p>
5010
5011<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5012
5013<p>
5014This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do not
5015support this intrinisic may ignore it.
5016</p>
5017
5018</div>
5019
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005020<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5021<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005022 <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005023</div>
5024
5025<div class="doc_text">
5026
5027<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5028<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005029 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter( )
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005030</pre>
5031
5032<h5>Overview:</h5>
5033
5034
5035<p>
5036The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
5037counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those targets
5038that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it should map to RPCC.
5039As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order of 9 seconds on alpha), this
5040should only be used for small timings.
5041</p>
5042
5043<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5044
5045<p>
5046When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any memory.
5047Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific value or a
5048system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered to a constant 0.
5049</p>
5050
5051</div>
5052
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005053<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5054<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005055 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
5056</div>
5057
5058<div class="doc_text">
5059<p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005060LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
5061These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about the
5062alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing opportunity
5063for more efficient code generation.
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005064</p>
5065
5066</div>
5067
5068<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5069<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005070 <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005071</div>
5072
5073<div class="doc_text">
5074
5075<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005076<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memcpy on any integer bit
5077width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005078<pre>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005079 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5080 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
5081 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5082 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005083 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005084 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005085 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005086 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005087</pre>
5088
5089<h5>Overview:</h5>
5090
5091<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00005092The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005093location to the destination location.
5094</p>
5095
5096<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00005097Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
5098intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005099</p>
5100
5101<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5102
5103<p>
5104The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00005105the source. The third argument is an integer argument
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005106specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment
5107of the source and destination locations.
5108</p>
5109
Chris Lattner4c67c482004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005110<p>
5111If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then
Chris Lattner5316e5d2006-03-04 00:02:10 +00005112the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are aligned
5113to that boundary.
Chris Lattner4c67c482004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005114</p>
5115
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005116<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5117
5118<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00005119The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005120location to the destination location, which are not allowed to overlap. It
5121copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to
5122some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5123be set to 0 or 1.
5124</p>
5125</div>
5126
5127
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005128<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5129<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005130 <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005131</div>
5132
5133<div class="doc_text">
5134
5135<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005136<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit
5137width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005138<pre>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005139 declare void @llvm.memmove.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5140 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
5141 declare void @llvm.memmove.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5142 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005143 declare void @llvm.memmove.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005144 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005145 declare void @llvm.memmove.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005146 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005147</pre>
5148
5149<h5>Overview:</h5>
5150
5151<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00005152The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the source
5153location to the destination location. It is similar to the
Chris Lattnerec564022008-01-06 19:51:52 +00005154'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to overlap.
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005155</p>
5156
5157<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00005158Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
5159intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005160</p>
5161
5162<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5163
5164<p>
5165The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00005166the source. The third argument is an integer argument
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005167specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment
5168of the source and destination locations.
5169</p>
5170
Chris Lattner4c67c482004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005171<p>
5172If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then
Chris Lattner5316e5d2006-03-04 00:02:10 +00005173the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are aligned to
5174that boundary.
Chris Lattner4c67c482004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005175</p>
5176
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005177<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5178
5179<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00005180The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005181location to the destination location, which may overlap. It
5182copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to
5183some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5184be set to 0 or 1.
5185</p>
5186</div>
5187
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005188
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005189<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5190<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005191 <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005192</div>
5193
5194<div class="doc_text">
5195
5196<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005197<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit
5198width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005199<pre>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005200 declare void @llvm.memset.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
5201 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
5202 declare void @llvm.memset.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
5203 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005204 declare void @llvm.memset.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005205 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005206 declare void @llvm.memset.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005207 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005208</pre>
5209
5210<h5>Overview:</h5>
5211
5212<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00005213The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a particular
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005214byte value.
5215</p>
5216
5217<p>
5218Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt> intrinsic
5219does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.
5220</p>
5221
5222<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5223
5224<p>
5225The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00005226byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005227argument specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the
5228known alignment of destination location.
5229</p>
5230
5231<p>
5232If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then
Chris Lattner5316e5d2006-03-04 00:02:10 +00005233the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that boundary.
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005234</p>
5235
5236<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5237
5238<p>
Chris Lattner0c8b2592006-03-03 00:07:20 +00005239The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting at
5240the
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005241destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some boundary,
5242this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should be set to 0 or
52431.
5244</p>
5245</div>
5246
5247
Chris Lattner3b4f4372004-06-11 02:28:03 +00005248<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5249<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005250 <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005251</div>
5252
5253<div class="doc_text">
5254
5255<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dale Johannesendd89d272007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005256<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005257floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005258types however.</p>
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005259<pre>
Dale Johannesendd89d272007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005260 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
5261 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
5262 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5263 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
5264 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005265</pre>
5266
5267<h5>Overview:</h5>
5268
5269<p>
Reid Spencerb4f9a6f2006-01-16 21:12:35 +00005270The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005271returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would. Unlike
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005272<tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined behavior for
Chris Lattner00d7cb92008-01-29 07:00:44 +00005273negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better optimization, because
5274there is no need to worry about errno being set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is
5275defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005276</p>
5277
5278<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5279
5280<p>
5281The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type.
5282</p>
5283
5284<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5285
5286<p>
Dan Gohman33988db2007-07-16 14:37:41 +00005287This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a nonnegative
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005288floating point number.
5289</p>
5290</div>
5291
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005292<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5293<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005294 <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005295</div>
5296
5297<div class="doc_text">
5298
5299<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dale Johannesendd89d272007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005300<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005301floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005302types however.</p>
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005303<pre>
Dale Johannesendd89d272007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005304 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
5305 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
5306 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
5307 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
5308 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005309</pre>
5310
5311<h5>Overview:</h5>
5312
5313<p>
5314The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5315specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005316multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
5317used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005318</p>
5319
5320<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5321
5322<p>
5323The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
5324that power.
5325</p>
5326
5327<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5328
5329<p>
5330This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
5331unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
5332</div>
5333
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005334<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5335<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5336 <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5337</div>
5338
5339<div class="doc_text">
5340
5341<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5342<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
5343floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005344types however.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005345<pre>
5346 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
5347 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
5348 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5349 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
5350 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5351</pre>
5352
5353<h5>Overview:</h5>
5354
5355<p>
5356The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.
5357</p>
5358
5359<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5360
5361<p>
5362The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type.
5363</p>
5364
5365<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5366
5367<p>
5368This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the
5369same values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error
Dan Gohmand0806a02007-10-17 18:05:13 +00005370conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005371</div>
5372
5373<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5374<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5375 <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5376</div>
5377
5378<div class="doc_text">
5379
5380<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5381<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
5382floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005383types however.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005384<pre>
5385 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
5386 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
5387 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5388 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
5389 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5390</pre>
5391
5392<h5>Overview:</h5>
5393
5394<p>
5395The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.
5396</p>
5397
5398<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5399
5400<p>
5401The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type.
5402</p>
5403
5404<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5405
5406<p>
5407This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the
5408same values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error
Dan Gohmand0806a02007-10-17 18:05:13 +00005409conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005410</div>
5411
5412<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5413<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5414 <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5415</div>
5416
5417<div class="doc_text">
5418
5419<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5420<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
5421floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005422types however.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005423<pre>
5424 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
5425 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
5426 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
5427 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
5428 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
5429</pre>
5430
5431<h5>Overview:</h5>
5432
5433<p>
5434The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5435specified (positive or negative) power.
5436</p>
5437
5438<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5439
5440<p>
5441The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
5442raise to that power.
5443</p>
5444
5445<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5446
5447<p>
5448This function returns the first value raised to the second power,
5449returning the
5450same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
Dan Gohmand0806a02007-10-17 18:05:13 +00005451conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005452</div>
5453
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005454
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005455<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5456<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005457 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005458</div>
5459
5460<div class="doc_text">
5461<p>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005462LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005463These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.
5464</p>
5465
5466</div>
5467
5468<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5469<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005470 <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005471</div>
5472
5473<div class="doc_text">
5474
5475<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005476<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005477type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005478<pre>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005479 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
5480 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
5481 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005482</pre>
5483
5484<h5>Overview:</h5>
5485
5486<p>
Reid Spencerf361c4f2007-04-02 02:25:19 +00005487The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005488values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These are
5489useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's native
5490byte order.
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005491</p>
5492
5493<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5494
5495<p>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005496The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005497and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly, the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt>
5498intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four bytes of the input i32
5499swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1, 2, 3 then the returned
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005500i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order. The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>,
5501<tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics extend this concept to
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005502additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and more, respectively).
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005503</p>
5504
5505</div>
5506
5507<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5508<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerb4f9a6f2006-01-16 21:12:35 +00005509 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005510</div>
5511
5512<div class="doc_text">
5513
5514<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005515<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005516width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005517<pre>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005518 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
5519 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005520 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005521 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
5522 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005523</pre>
5524
5525<h5>Overview:</h5>
5526
5527<p>
Chris Lattner069b5bd2006-01-16 22:38:59 +00005528The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set in a
5529value.
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005530</p>
5531
5532<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5533
5534<p>
Chris Lattner573f64e2005-05-07 01:46:40 +00005535The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00005536integer type. The return type must match the argument type.
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005537</p>
5538
5539<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5540
5541<p>
5542The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.
5543</p>
5544</div>
5545
5546<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5547<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb748c672006-01-16 22:34:14 +00005548 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005549</div>
5550
5551<div class="doc_text">
5552
5553<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005554<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005555integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005556<pre>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005557 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
5558 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005559 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005560 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
5561 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005562</pre>
5563
5564<h5>Overview:</h5>
5565
5566<p>
Reid Spencerb4f9a6f2006-01-16 21:12:35 +00005567The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
5568leading zeros in a variable.
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005569</p>
5570
5571<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5572
5573<p>
Chris Lattner573f64e2005-05-07 01:46:40 +00005574The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00005575integer type. The return type must match the argument type.
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005576</p>
5577
5578<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5579
5580<p>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005581The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant) zeros
5582in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005583of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005584</p>
5585</div>
Chris Lattner3b4f4372004-06-11 02:28:03 +00005586
5587
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005588
5589<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5590<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb748c672006-01-16 22:34:14 +00005591 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005592</div>
5593
5594<div class="doc_text">
5595
5596<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005597<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005598integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005599<pre>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005600 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
5601 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005602 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005603 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
5604 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005605</pre>
5606
5607<h5>Overview:</h5>
5608
5609<p>
Reid Spencerb4f9a6f2006-01-16 21:12:35 +00005610The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
5611trailing zeros.
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005612</p>
5613
5614<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5615
5616<p>
5617The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00005618integer type. The return type must match the argument type.
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00005619</p>
5620
5621<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5622
5623<p>
5624The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant) zeros
5625in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type
5626of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.
5627</p>
5628</div>
5629
Reid Spencer8a5799f2007-04-01 08:27:01 +00005630<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5631<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerea2945e2007-04-10 02:51:31 +00005632 <a name="int_part_select">'<tt>llvm.part.select.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Reid Spencer8bc7d952007-04-01 19:00:37 +00005633</div>
5634
5635<div class="doc_text">
5636
5637<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencerea2945e2007-04-10 02:51:31 +00005638<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.part.select</tt>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005639on any integer bit width.</p>
Reid Spencer8bc7d952007-04-01 19:00:37 +00005640<pre>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005641 declare i17 @llvm.part.select.i17 (i17 %val, i32 %loBit, i32 %hiBit)
5642 declare i29 @llvm.part.select.i29 (i29 %val, i32 %loBit, i32 %hiBit)
Reid Spencer8bc7d952007-04-01 19:00:37 +00005643</pre>
5644
5645<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerea2945e2007-04-10 02:51:31 +00005646<p>The '<tt>llvm.part.select</tt>' family of intrinsic functions selects a
Reid Spencer8bc7d952007-04-01 19:00:37 +00005647range of bits from an integer value and returns them in the same bit width as
5648the original value.</p>
5649
5650<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5651<p>The first argument, <tt>%val</tt> and the result may be integer types of
5652any bit width but they must have the same bit width. The second and third
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005653arguments must be <tt>i32</tt> type since they specify only a bit index.</p>
Reid Spencer8bc7d952007-04-01 19:00:37 +00005654
5655<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerea2945e2007-04-10 02:51:31 +00005656<p>The operation of the '<tt>llvm.part.select</tt>' intrinsic has two modes
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005657of operation: forwards and reverse. If <tt>%loBit</tt> is greater than
5658<tt>%hiBits</tt> then the intrinsic operates in reverse mode. Otherwise it
5659operates in forward mode.</p>
5660<p>In forward mode, this intrinsic is the equivalent of shifting <tt>%val</tt>
5661right by <tt>%loBit</tt> bits and then ANDing it with a mask with
Reid Spencer8bc7d952007-04-01 19:00:37 +00005662only the <tt>%hiBit - %loBit</tt> bits set, as follows:</p>
5663<ol>
5664 <li>The <tt>%val</tt> is shifted right (LSHR) by the number of bits specified
5665 by <tt>%loBits</tt>. This normalizes the value to the low order bits.</li>
5666 <li>The <tt>%loBits</tt> value is subtracted from the <tt>%hiBits</tt> value
5667 to determine the number of bits to retain.</li>
5668 <li>A mask of the retained bits is created by shifting a -1 value.</li>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005669 <li>The mask is ANDed with <tt>%val</tt> to produce the result.</li>
Reid Spencer8bc7d952007-04-01 19:00:37 +00005670</ol>
Reid Spencer70845c02007-05-14 16:14:57 +00005671<p>In reverse mode, a similar computation is made except that the bits are
5672returned in the reverse order. So, for example, if <tt>X</tt> has the value
5673<tt>i16 0x0ACF (101011001111)</tt> and we apply
5674<tt>part.select(i16 X, 8, 3)</tt> to it, we get back the value
5675<tt>i16 0x0026 (000000100110)</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer8bc7d952007-04-01 19:00:37 +00005676</div>
5677
Reid Spencer5bf54c82007-04-11 23:23:49 +00005678<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5679 <a name="int_part_set">'<tt>llvm.part.set.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5680</div>
5681
5682<div class="doc_text">
5683
5684<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5685<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.part.set</tt>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005686on any integer bit width.</p>
Reid Spencer5bf54c82007-04-11 23:23:49 +00005687<pre>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005688 declare i17 @llvm.part.set.i17.i9 (i17 %val, i9 %repl, i32 %lo, i32 %hi)
5689 declare i29 @llvm.part.set.i29.i9 (i29 %val, i9 %repl, i32 %lo, i32 %hi)
Reid Spencer5bf54c82007-04-11 23:23:49 +00005690</pre>
5691
5692<h5>Overview:</h5>
5693<p>The '<tt>llvm.part.set</tt>' family of intrinsic functions replaces a range
5694of bits in an integer value with another integer value. It returns the integer
5695with the replaced bits.</p>
5696
5697<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5698<p>The first argument, <tt>%val</tt> and the result may be integer types of
5699any bit width but they must have the same bit width. <tt>%val</tt> is the value
5700whose bits will be replaced. The second argument, <tt>%repl</tt> may be an
5701integer of any bit width. The third and fourth arguments must be <tt>i32</tt>
5702type since they specify only a bit index.</p>
5703
5704<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5705<p>The operation of the '<tt>llvm.part.set</tt>' intrinsic has two modes
5706of operation: forwards and reverse. If <tt>%lo</tt> is greater than
5707<tt>%hi</tt> then the intrinsic operates in reverse mode. Otherwise it
5708operates in forward mode.</p>
5709<p>For both modes, the <tt>%repl</tt> value is prepared for use by either
5710truncating it down to the size of the replacement area or zero extending it
5711up to that size.</p>
5712<p>In forward mode, the bits between <tt>%lo</tt> and <tt>%hi</tt> (inclusive)
5713are replaced with corresponding bits from <tt>%repl</tt>. That is the 0th bit
5714in <tt>%repl</tt> replaces the <tt>%lo</tt>th bit in <tt>%val</tt> and etc. up
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005715to the <tt>%hi</tt>th bit.</p>
Reid Spencer146281c2007-05-14 16:50:20 +00005716<p>In reverse mode, a similar computation is made except that the bits are
5717reversed. That is, the <tt>0</tt>th bit in <tt>%repl</tt> replaces the
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005718<tt>%hi</tt> bit in <tt>%val</tt> and etc. down to the <tt>%lo</tt>th bit.</p>
Reid Spencer5bf54c82007-04-11 23:23:49 +00005719<h5>Examples:</h5>
5720<pre>
Reid Spencerc70afc32007-04-12 01:03:03 +00005721 llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, 0, 4, 7) -&gt; 0xFF0F
Reid Spencer146281c2007-05-14 16:50:20 +00005722 llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, 0, 7, 4) -&gt; 0xFF0F
5723 llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, 1, 7, 4) -&gt; 0xFF8F
5724 llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, F, 8, 3) -&gt; 0xFFE7
Reid Spencerc70afc32007-04-12 01:03:03 +00005725 llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, 0, 3, 8) -&gt; 0xFE07
Reid Spencer7972c472007-04-11 23:49:50 +00005726</pre>
Reid Spencer5bf54c82007-04-11 23:23:49 +00005727</div>
5728
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005729<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5730<div class="doc_subsection">
5731 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
5732</div>
5733
5734<div class="doc_text">
5735<p>
5736The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt> prefix),
5737are described in the <a
5738href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source Level
5739Debugging</a> document.
5740</p>
5741</div>
5742
5743
Jim Laskey2211f492007-03-14 19:31:19 +00005744<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5745<div class="doc_subsection">
5746 <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a>
5747</div>
5748
5749<div class="doc_text">
5750<p> The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
5751<tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in the <a
5752href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
5753Handling</a> document. </p>
5754</div>
5755
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00005756<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5757<div class="doc_subsection">
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005758 <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005759</div>
5760
5761<div class="doc_text">
5762<p>
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005763 This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005764 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute, from a function. The result is a callable
5765 function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need
5766 to provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in
5767 advance in a "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated
5768 on the stack, which also contains code to splice the nest value into the
5769 argument list. This is used to implement the GCC nested function address
5770 extension.
5771</p>
5772<p>
5773 For example, if the function is
5774 <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
Bill Wendling252570f2007-09-22 09:23:55 +00005775 pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as follows:</p>
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005776<pre>
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005777 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
5778 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
5779 %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline( i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval )
5780 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005781</pre>
Bill Wendling252570f2007-09-22 09:23:55 +00005782 <p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp( i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt> is then equivalent
5783 to <tt>%val = call i32 %f( i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt>.</p>
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005784</div>
5785
5786<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5787<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5788 <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5789</div>
5790<div class="doc_text">
5791<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5792<pre>
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005793declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* &lt;tramp&gt;, i8* &lt;func&gt;, i8* &lt;nval&gt;)
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005794</pre>
5795<h5>Overview:</h5>
5796<p>
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005797 This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code
5798 and returns a function pointer suitable for executing it.
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005799</p>
5800<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5801<p>
5802 The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
5803 pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large
5804 and sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
Duncan Sandsf2bcd372007-08-22 23:39:54 +00005805 intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
5806 currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
5807 generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
5808 The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to an <tt>i8*</tt>.
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005809</p>
5810<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5811<p>
5812 The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005813 dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
5814 returned, but needs to be bitcast to an
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005815 <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate function pointer type</a>
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005816 before being called. The new function's signature is the same as that of
5817 <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with the <tt>nest</tt> attribute
5818 removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument is allowed, and it must be
5819 of pointer type. Calling the new function is equivalent to calling
5820 <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but with <tt>nval</tt> used for the
5821 missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after calling
5822 <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is
5823 modified, then the effect of any later call to the returned function pointer is
5824 undefined.
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005825</p>
5826</div>
5827
5828<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5829<div class="doc_subsection">
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00005830 <a name="int_atomics">Atomic Operations and Synchronization Intrinsics</a>
5831</div>
5832
5833<div class="doc_text">
5834<p>
5835 These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
5836 hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
5837 provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +00005838 is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
5839 (Application Programming Interfaces) which
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00005840 need atomic behaviors to map cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on
5841 hardware behavior. Just as hardware provides a "universal IR" for source
5842 languages, it also provides a starting point for developing a "universal"
5843 atomic operation and synchronization IR.
5844</p>
5845<p>
5846 These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
5847 software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
5848 functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
5849 application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
5850 a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
5851 No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
5852 itself ubiquitously does so.
5853
5854</p>
5855</div>
5856
5857<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5858<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5859 <a name="int_memory_barrier">'<tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5860</div>
5861<div class="doc_text">
5862<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5863<pre>
5864declare void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 &lt;ll&gt;, i1 &lt;ls&gt;, i1 &lt;sl&gt;, i1 &lt;ss&gt;,
5865i1 &lt;device&gt; )
5866
5867</pre>
5868<h5>Overview:</h5>
5869<p>
5870 The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
5871 specific pairs of memory access types.
5872</p>
5873<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5874<p>
5875 The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
5876 The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The fith
5877 argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached memory.
5878
5879</p>
5880 <ul>
5881 <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
5882 <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
5883 <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
5884 <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005885 <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00005886 </ul>
5887<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5888<p>
5889 This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
5890 the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not indicate
5891 <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces an <em>order</em> in
5892 which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load and store operations
5893 (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first operations preceding the
5894 barrier will complete before any of the second operations succeeding the
5895 barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each pairing is as follows:
5896</p>
5897 <ul>
5898 <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
5899 after the barrier begins.</li>
5900
5901 <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
5902 store after the barrier begins.</li>
5903 <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
5904 store after the barrier begins.</li>
5905 <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
5906 load after the barrier begins.</li>
5907 </ul>
5908<p>
5909 These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
5910 is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.
5911</p>
5912<p>
5913 Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do not
5914 support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do not
5915 need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become noops.
5916</p>
5917<h5>Example:</h5>
5918<pre>
5919%ptr = malloc i32
5920 store i32 4, %ptr
5921
5922%result1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
5923 call void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false )
5924 <i>; guarantee the above finishes</i>
5925 store i32 8, %ptr <i>; before this begins</i>
5926</pre>
5927</div>
5928
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00005929<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5930<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00005931 <a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00005932</div>
5933<div class="doc_text">
5934<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5935<p>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00005936 This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
5937 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
5938 support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00005939
5940<pre>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00005941declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;cmp&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
5942declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;cmp&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
5943declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;cmp&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
5944declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;cmp&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00005945
5946</pre>
5947<h5>Overview:</h5>
5948<p>
5949 This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
5950 equal, it stores a new value into the memory.
5951</p>
5952<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5953<p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00005954 The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result as
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00005955 well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
5956 same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
5957 this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
5958 lower representations they support in hardware.
5959
5960</p>
5961<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5962<p>
5963 This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
5964 in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the value
5965 <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the memory. The
5966 loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the equivalent of an
5967 atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA framework.
5968</p>
5969<h5>Examples:</h5>
5970
5971<pre>
5972%ptr = malloc i32
5973 store i32 4, %ptr
5974
5975%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00005976%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00005977 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
5978%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
5979%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
5980
5981%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00005982%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00005983 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
5984%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i>
5985
5986%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i>
5987</pre>
5988</div>
5989
5990<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5991<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5992 <a name="int_atomic_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5993</div>
5994<div class="doc_text">
5995<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5996
5997<p>
5998 This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
5999 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6000<pre>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006001declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6002declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6003declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6004declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006005
6006</pre>
6007<h5>Overview:</h5>
6008<p>
6009 This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
6010 the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
6011 at <tt>ptr</tt>.
6012</p>
6013<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6014
6015<p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006016 The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both the
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006017 <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit width.
6018 The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
6019 integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
6020 support.
6021</p>
6022<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6023<p>
6024 This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
6025 stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
6026 equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.
6027
6028</p>
6029<h5>Examples:</h5>
6030<pre>
6031%ptr = malloc i32
6032 store i32 4, %ptr
6033
6034%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006035%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val1 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006036 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6037%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6038%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6039
6040%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006041%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val2 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006042 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6043
6044%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i>
6045%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i>
6046</pre>
6047</div>
6048
6049<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6050<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006051 <a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006052
6053</div>
6054<div class="doc_text">
6055<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6056<p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006057 This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on any
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006058 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6059<pre>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006060declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6061declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16..p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6062declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6063declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006064
6065</pre>
6066<h5>Overview:</h5>
6067<p>
6068 This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
6069 <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.
6070</p>
6071<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6072<p>
6073
6074 The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6075 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6076 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6077 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.
6078</p>
6079<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6080<p>
6081 This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6082 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
6083 to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.
6084</p>
6085
6086<h5>Examples:</h5>
6087<pre>
6088%ptr = malloc i32
6089 store i32 4, %ptr
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006090%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006091 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006092%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006093 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006094%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006095 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006096%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006097</pre>
6098</div>
6099
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006100<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6101<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6102 <a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6103
6104</div>
6105<div class="doc_text">
6106<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6107<p>
6108 This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006109 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6110 support all bit widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006111<pre>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006112declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6113declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6114declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6115declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006116
6117</pre>
6118<h5>Overview:</h5>
6119<p>
6120 This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
6121 <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.
6122</p>
6123<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6124<p>
6125
6126 The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6127 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6128 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6129 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.
6130</p>
6131<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6132<p>
6133 This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6134 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
6135 result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.
6136</p>
6137
6138<h5>Examples:</h5>
6139<pre>
6140%ptr = malloc i32
6141 store i32 8, %ptr
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006142%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006143 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006144%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006145 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006146%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006147 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i>
6148%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i>
6149</pre>
6150</div>
6151
6152<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6153<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6154 <a name="int_atomic_load_and">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.and.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6155 <a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6156 <a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6157 <a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6158
6159</div>
6160<div class="doc_text">
6161<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6162<p>
6163 These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>,
6164 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006165 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
6166 address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006167<pre>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006168declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6169declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6170declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6171declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006172
6173</pre>
6174
6175<pre>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006176declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6177declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6178declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6179declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006180
6181</pre>
6182
6183<pre>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006184declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6185declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6186declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6187declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006188
6189</pre>
6190
6191<pre>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006192declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6193declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6194declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6195declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006196
6197</pre>
6198<h5>Overview:</h5>
6199<p>
6200 These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
6201 the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
6202 at <tt>ptr</tt>.
6203</p>
6204<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6205<p>
6206
6207 These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6208 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6209 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6210 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.
6211</p>
6212<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6213<p>
6214 These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6215 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise operation
6216 <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the original
6217 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.
6218</p>
6219
6220<h5>Examples:</h5>
6221<pre>
6222%ptr = malloc i32
6223 store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006224%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006225 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006226%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006227 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006228%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006229 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006230%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006231 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i>
6232%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i>
6233</pre>
6234</div>
6235
6236
6237<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6238<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6239 <a name="int_atomic_load_max">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.max.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6240 <a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6241 <a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6242 <a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6243
6244</div>
6245<div class="doc_text">
6246<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6247<p>
6248 These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
6249 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006250 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
6251 address spaces. Not all targets
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006252 support all bit widths however.</p>
6253<pre>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006254declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6255declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6256declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6257declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006258
6259</pre>
6260
6261<pre>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006262declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6263declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6264declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6265declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006266
6267</pre>
6268
6269<pre>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006270declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6271declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6272declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6273declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006274
6275</pre>
6276
6277<pre>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006278declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6279declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6280declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6281declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006282
6283</pre>
6284<h5>Overview:</h5>
6285<p>
6286 These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
6287 <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
6288 original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.
6289</p>
6290<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6291<p>
6292
6293 These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6294 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6295 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6296 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.
6297</p>
6298<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6299<p>
6300 These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6301 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or max
6302 <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield
6303 the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.
6304</p>
6305
6306<h5>Examples:</h5>
6307<pre>
6308%ptr = malloc i32
6309 store i32 7, %ptr
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006310%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 -2 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006311 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006312%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 8 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006313 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006314%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 10 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006315 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006316%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 30 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006317 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i>
6318%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i>
6319</pre>
6320</div>
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006321
6322<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6323<div class="doc_subsection">
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006324 <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
6325</div>
6326
6327<div class="doc_text">
6328<p> This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has
6329no specific purpose. </p>
6330</div>
6331
6332<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6333<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6334 <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6335</div>
6336
6337<div class="doc_text">
6338
6339<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6340<pre>
Tanya Lattnerbed1d4d2007-06-18 23:42:37 +00006341 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006342</pre>
6343
6344<h5>Overview:</h5>
6345
6346<p>
6347The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic
6348</p>
6349
6350<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6351
6352<p>
Tanya Lattnerbed1d4d2007-06-18 23:42:37 +00006353The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
6354global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
6355file name, and the last argument is the line number.
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006356</p>
6357
6358<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6359
6360<p>
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00006361This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006362This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for these
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00006363annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
6364generation and optimization.
6365</p>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006366</div>
6367
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006368<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6369<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Tanya Lattner0186a652007-09-21 23:57:59 +00006370 <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006371</div>
6372
6373<div class="doc_text">
6374
6375<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Tanya Lattner23dbd572007-09-21 23:56:27 +00006376<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
6377any integer bit width.
6378</p>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006379<pre>
Tanya Lattnercf3e26f2007-09-22 00:03:01 +00006380 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
6381 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
6382 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
6383 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
6384 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006385</pre>
6386
6387<h5>Overview:</h5>
Tanya Lattner23dbd572007-09-21 23:56:27 +00006388
6389<p>
6390The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006391</p>
6392
6393<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6394
6395<p>
6396The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression),
6397the second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
6398string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line number.
Tanya Lattner23dbd572007-09-21 23:56:27 +00006399It returns the value of the first argument.
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006400</p>
6401
6402<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6403
6404<p>
6405This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions
6406with arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations
6407that want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
6408are ignored by code generation and optimization.
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00006409</p>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00006410</div>
Jim Laskey2211f492007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006411
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00006412<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6413<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6414 <a name="int_trap">'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6415</div>
6416
6417<div class="doc_text">
6418
6419<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6420<pre>
6421 declare void @llvm.trap()
6422</pre>
6423
6424<h5>Overview:</h5>
6425
6426<p>
6427The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic
6428</p>
6429
6430<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6431
6432<p>
6433None
6434</p>
6435
6436<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6437
6438<p>
6439This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
6440target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to the
6441call of the abort() function.
6442</p>
6443</div>
6444
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00006445<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6446<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Misha Brukman50de2b22008-11-22 23:55:29 +00006447 <a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00006448</div>
6449<div class="doc_text">
6450<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6451<pre>
6452declare void @llvm.stackprotector( i8* &lt;guard&gt;, i8** &lt;slot&gt; )
6453
6454</pre>
6455<h5>Overview:</h5>
6456<p>
6457 The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and stores
6458 it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to ensure that
6459 it is placed on the stack before local variables.
6460</p>
6461<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6462<p>
6463 The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer arguments. The
6464 first argument is the value loaded from the stack guard
6465 <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt> that
6466 has enough space to hold the value of the guard.
6467</p>
6468<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6469<p>
6470 This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
6471 the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
6472 stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is overwritten,
6473 it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits, the guard on
6474 the stack is checked against the original guard. If they're different, then
6475 the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt> function.
6476</p>
6477</div>
6478
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00006479<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00006480<hr>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00006481<address>
6482 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
6483 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss" alt="Valid CSS!"></a>
6484 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
Chris Lattnerb8f816e2008-01-04 04:33:49 +00006485 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401" alt="Valid HTML 4.01!"></a>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00006486
6487 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencerca058542006-03-14 05:39:39 +00006488 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00006489 Last modified: $Date$
6490</address>
Chris Lattnerb8f816e2008-01-04 04:33:49 +00006491
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00006492</body>
6493</html>